WO2016114367A1 - Lenticular sheet and method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display element - Google Patents

Lenticular sheet and method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016114367A1
WO2016114367A1 PCT/JP2016/051047 JP2016051047W WO2016114367A1 WO 2016114367 A1 WO2016114367 A1 WO 2016114367A1 JP 2016051047 W JP2016051047 W JP 2016051047W WO 2016114367 A1 WO2016114367 A1 WO 2016114367A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
lenticular
ink receiving
receiving layer
resin substrate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/051047
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
彦龍 車
亮 日比野
勝本　隆一
雅彦 則常
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN201680005753.9A priority Critical patent/CN107209289B/en
Priority to EP16737438.8A priority patent/EP3246733A4/en
Priority to JP2016569515A priority patent/JP6461201B2/en
Publication of WO2016114367A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016114367A1/en
Priority to US15/649,643 priority patent/US10408977B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00—Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/0006—Arrays
    • G02B3/0037—Arrays characterized by the distribution or form of lenses
    • G02B3/005—Arrays characterized by the distribution or form of lenses arranged along a single direction only, e.g. lenticular sheets
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29D—PRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00—Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009—Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00278—Lenticular sheets
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00—Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/0006—Arrays
    • G02B3/0012—Arrays characterised by the manufacturing method
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00—Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/02—Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces
    • G02B3/06—Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces with cylindrical or toric faces

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a lenticular sheet, a manufacturing method thereof, and a lenticular display body.
  • a recording sheet having a lenticular lens layer and an ink receiving layer as a printing layer on a transparent resin substrate as a recording sheet for recording a three-dimensional image or a picture change display image in which the content of a picture displayed depending on the viewing direction is switched. It has been known.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2009-58967 describes the following print media. That is, a lenticular lens layer is provided in a half area on one surface side of a rectangular substrate and a second printing surface is provided in the remaining half area, while the lenticular lens is provided on the other surface side of the substrate. An adhesive layer is formed in an area corresponding to a half area having the layers, and a print medium having a first printing surface is described in the remaining half area.
  • the print medium described in JP-A-2009-58967 describes that a postcard capable of observing a stereoscopic image can be produced by the following method.
  • the parallax image is an image that includes two or more types of images under the lens sheet and displays different images depending on the viewpoint of the observer when viewed through the lens sheet. .
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 has a lenticular lens layer on one surface side of a transparent resin substrate, and an ink receiving layer on the surface of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having the lenticular lens layer.
  • a lenticular sheet is described.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 describes that by forming the ink receiving layer before forming the lenticular lens layer on the surface of the transparent resin substrate, the occurrence of distortion of the lenticular lens is reduced.
  • the print medium described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-58967 has a complicated configuration. Further, a postcard that can be used for observing a stereoscopic image, which is produced using a printing medium described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-58967, has a first printed surface on which a parallax image is formed and a substrate through an adhesive layer. In some cases, adhesion may be insufficient.
  • the lenticular sheet described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 has a simple configuration as compared with the print medium described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-58967, but the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer. May be insufficient.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer, a method for producing the same, and a lenticular display.
  • the present invention for solving the above-described problems includes the following embodiments.
  • the ink-receiving layer has a non-stretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in which the coating layer is formed by applying the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid on one surface side, A lenticular sheet formed on one surface side of a transparent resin substrate.
  • the ink receiving layer contains at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent.
  • ⁇ 3> The lenticular sheet according to ⁇ 2>, wherein the crosslinking agent is at least one crosslinking agent selected from an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an isocyanate compound.
  • the crosslinking agent is at least one crosslinking agent selected from an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an isocyanate compound.
  • the first direction in which the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction is a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, and the ink receiving layer is formed by applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer.
  • the lenticular sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> which is formed by stretching a transparent resin substrate stretched in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction.
  • ⁇ 6> The lenticular sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the lenticular lens layer has a plurality of lenses arranged at intervals of 257 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 7> The lenticular sheet according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the lenticular sheet has a thickness of 30 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m.
  • Laminate formation in which a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate that has not been stretched or stretched in the first direction to form a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer
  • a layered body stretching step for stretching the layered body to form an ink receiving layer on one side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction
  • a layered body stretching step for stretching in at least one direction.
  • a lenticular sheet manufacturing method comprising: a lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on a side of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having an ink receiving layer.
  • An ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to one side of a transparent resin substrate that has not been stretched or stretched in the first direction, and an intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other side of the transparent resin substrate.
  • a laminated body forming step of applying and forming a transparent resin substrate and a laminate having a coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate; and one surface side of the transparent resin substrate drawn in at least one direction by stretching the laminate A laminated body stretching step in which an ink receiving layer is formed and an intermediate layer is formed on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, and a transparent resin stretched in at least one direction in the laminated body stretching step
  • the transparent resin substrate in the laminate forming step is a uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film stretched in the first direction, and the stretching direction in the laminate stretching step is orthogonal to the first direction in the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film.
  • the manufacturing method of the lenticular sheet as described in ⁇ 8> or ⁇ 9> which is a 2nd direction to do.
  • a transparent resin substrate a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate, and a second ink receiving provided on the opposite side of the first ink receiving layer from the transparent resin substrate side.
  • a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, The first ink receiving layer has a higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer to the transparent resin substrate, and the second ink receiving layer has an adhesion to the ink of the first ink.
  • a lenticular sheet which is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink of the receiving layer.
  • a lenticular display body provided with an image layer including two or more kinds of parallax images arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer.
  • the image layer includes two or more types of display parallax images and a common image formed from a portion common to adjacent display parallax images between adjacent display parallax images.
  • the lenticular display described.
  • Two or more types of display parallax images included in the image layer include character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages,
  • the lenticular display according to ⁇ 16> which is a business card.
  • the image layer includes common items common to at least two languages among the plurality of languages, and when the observation angle is changed, the common items are located at the same position between at least two languages including the common items.
  • ⁇ 20> The lenticular display according to any one of ⁇ 16> to ⁇ 19>, wherein the lenticular lens layer and the image layer are provided on both sides, and the language for displaying the character information is switched on each side depending on the observation angle.
  • ⁇ 21> The lenticular display according to any one of ⁇ 13> to ⁇ 20>, wherein paper is bonded to the surface on which the image layer is provided.
  • a lenticular lens layer and an image layer are provided on both sides, and the image layer on one side includes character information for switching between three languages of the first language to the third language depending on the viewing angle, and the image layer on the other side
  • a lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between a transparent resin substrate and an ink receiving layer, a method for producing the lenticular sheet, and a lenticular display are provided.
  • (meth) acrylate means comprehensively including both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”.
  • (Meth) acryl means to comprehensively include both “acryl” and “methacryl”.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, an ink receiving layer provided on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate, and the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate. And a lenticular lens layer.
  • transparent in the “transparent resin substrate” means that the light transmittance at least with respect to light in the visible region (wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm) is 70% or more.
  • the lenticular lens layer is a lens layer in which a large number of cylindrical convex lenses (hereinafter simply referred to as “lenses”) are arranged in parallel on the surface.
  • the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer that are stretched in at least one direction are unstretched or in the first direction in which the coating layer is formed on one surface side by applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer. It is manufactured by stretching a transparent resin substrate that has been stretched in a straight line. That is, an unstretched laminate having a transparent resin substrate and a coating layer is first applied by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink-receiving layer to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate unstretched or stretched in a first direction. Prepared. Next, the prepared unstretched laminate is stretched to produce a stretched laminate having a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction and an ink receiving layer. A lenticular lens layer is formed on the side of the manufactured stretched laminate opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate, and the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is obtained.
  • the reason why the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is excellent in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer is presumed as follows.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes the stretched laminate as described above.
  • a parallax image is formed on the surface of the transparent resin substrate by printing or the like.
  • a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer is prepared by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer.
  • a prepared laminate that is, an unstretched laminate is used.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes the stretched laminate, the lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer compared to the conventional lenticular sheet is provided. can get.
  • the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer tends to decrease as the thickness of the lenticular sheet is in the range of 400 ⁇ m or less, 350 ⁇ m or less, and further 200 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure even when the thickness of the lenticular sheet is in a thin range, the lenticular sheet has excellent performance in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer.
  • an advantage that a stretched laminate having a small thickness can be easily manufactured is obtained.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the first preferred embodiment of the present disclosure includes a stretched laminate 24, a lenticular lens layer 32, and an intermediate layer 34, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG.
  • the stretched laminate 24 includes a transparent resin substrate 12 and an ink receiving layer 22.
  • the stretched laminate 24 is prepared by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate to prepare an unstretched laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer, It is prepared by stretching an unstretched laminate. Therefore, the transparent resin substrate 12 and the ink receiving layer 22 included in the stretched laminate 24 are stretched simultaneously.
  • An unstretched laminate is a non-stretched or first layer of a transparent resin substrate that is stretched in the first direction by applying a coating solution for forming an ink-receiving layer (hereinafter referred to as “laminate forming step”). ").
  • the resin as the raw material of the unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate used in the unstretched laminate is transparent to light in the visible region, and is heated when forming the lenticular lens layer A resin that can withstand temperature is preferable.
  • Suitable resins include, for example, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, wholly aromatic polyamides, and the like.
  • polyethylene terephthalate is preferable because a transparent resin substrate having excellent smoothness can be easily formed into a film.
  • the unstretched or first-stretched transparent resin substrate used in the unstretched laminate is manufactured by forming a film by melt-extrusion of the resin as described above, and further stretching as necessary. Is done.
  • the transparent resin substrate used for the unstretched laminate is particularly preferably uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the thickness of the transparent resin substrate used for the unstretched laminate is determined according to the stretch ratio when producing the stretched laminate.
  • a range of 25 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m is suitable, a range of 50 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m is more preferable, and a range of 100 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m is particularly preferable.
  • an ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to form a coating layer, whereby an unstretched laminate is prepared.
  • the surface on the coated surface side of the transparent resin substrate to which the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer is applied is subjected to a corona discharge treatment or the like in advance in order to further increase the adhesive force between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer. Also good.
  • the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a solid content for forming the ink receiving layer and a coating solvent.
  • the ink receiving layer preferably contains a resin, and at least a part of the resin is preferably crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. Therefore, it is preferable that the solid content contained in the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a resin and a crosslinking agent.
  • the above resin is preferably at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and is particularly advantageous when a parallax image is formed by offset printing.
  • polyester, acrylic resin, and urethane resin will be described.
  • polyester The main components of polyester are, for example, the following polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyvalent hydroxy compounds.
  • polyvalent carboxylic acid include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
  • Acid 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-sodium sulfoterephthalic acid, 2-potassium sulfoterephthalic acid, 4-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5- Sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, glutaric acid, succinic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic anhydride, pyrone anhydride Merit acid, phthalic anhydride, p-hydroxybenzoate Perfume acid, trimellitic acid monopotassium salt and ester-forming derivatives thereof can be used.
  • polyvalent hydroxy compound examples include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1 , 5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, p-xylylene glycol, bisphenol A-ethylene glycol adduct, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, poly Tetramethylene oxide glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, sodium dimethylolethylsulfonate, potassium dimethylolethylsulfonate, dimethylo Potassium Rupuropion acid can be used.
  • a polyester may be synthesized by a
  • the number average molecular weight of the polyester is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 8000 or more, and still more preferably 10,000 or more.
  • the polyester content in the ink receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less. More preferably.
  • the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer preferably has a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. In addition, it is more preferable that all the polyesters contained in the ink receiving layer have a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. Furthermore, the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably a copolyester containing a naphthalene ring. When the resin contained in the ink receiving layer is a copolymerized polyester, an ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the transparent resin substrate can be easily obtained.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the copolyester contained in the ink receiving layer is less than 60 ° C., so that, for example, ink for offset printing is used to print a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer. An ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the ink is formed.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the copolyester contained in the ink receiving layer is more preferably 50 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of adhesion.
  • the copolymerized polyester contained in the ink receiving layer may be a mixture of two or more kinds of polyesters.
  • a polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. is used to print a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer, for example, adhesion to ink for offset printing This is preferable because an ink receiving layer excellent in the above can be obtained.
  • the concentration of the polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. in the copolymerized polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably 90% by mass or more, and more preferably 95% by mass or more.
  • oligomer precipitation on the surface of the ink receiving layer can be prevented.
  • the reason why oligomer precipitation is prevented is presumed to be due to the high compatibility of the copolymerized polyester containing the oligomer component and naphthalene ring from the transparent resin substrate.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or higher and 60 ° C. or lower, more preferably ⁇ 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg is measured according to JIS K 7121 (1987).
  • a copolymer polyester having a naphthalene ring tends to have a higher glass transition temperature Tg than a copolymer polyester having no naphthalene ring. Therefore, among the copolyesters containing a naphthalene ring, the polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. is preferably a copolyester containing the following dicarboxylic acid and diol as copolymerization components.
  • dicarboxylic acid As the structural unit derived from dicarboxylic acid, it is preferable to have a structural unit derived from 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
  • copolyesters containing naphthalene rings copolyesters having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. are dicarboxylic acids represented by the following formula (1), terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid as structural units of dicarboxylic acids. You may have as a structural unit derived from an acid etc.
  • Formula (1) HOOC- (CH 2 ) n-COOH (wherein n represents a natural number of 4 or more and 10 or less)
  • the ratio X of the structural units derived from 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid to all the structural units derived from dicarboxylic acid of the copolyester containing a naphthalene ring is preferably 30% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. This is preferable because an ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the resin substrate can be obtained.
  • the ratio X is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 50% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less.
  • the ratio of the dicarboxylic acid containing a naphthalene ring in the dicarboxylic acid for preparing the copolyester is 30 as in the ratio X.
  • the mass is preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • the ratio for which the dicarboxylic acid containing a naphthalene ring accounts for dicarboxylic acid for making copolyester is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 50% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less.
  • diol structural unit As the structural unit derived from the diol in the copolymerized polyester (hereinafter also referred to as “diol structural unit”), a diol structural unit that lowers the glass transition temperature Tg of the copolymerized polyester is preferable.
  • preferable diol structural units include diol structural units derived from diols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethylene glycol, in addition to the diol represented by the following formula (2).
  • Formula (2) HO— (CH 2 ) m—OH (wherein m represents a natural number of 4 or more and 10 or less)
  • the proportion Y of the structural unit derived from the diol represented by the formula (2) with respect to all the diol structural units contained in the copolyester is 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less. It is preferable because an ink receiving layer having excellent strength can be obtained.
  • the ratio Y is more preferably 20% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less.
  • the ratio of the diol of the formula (2) in the diol for making the copolymer polyester is 10% by mass as in the ratio Y.
  • the content is preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the ratio for which the diol of Formula (2) accounts among the diol for making copolyester has more preferable 20 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or more and 85 mass% or less are more preferable.
  • the polyester that can be used in the present disclosure is also available as a commercial product (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) such as Plus Coat Z592, 687.
  • the acrylic resin is a polymer composed of a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond, as typified by acrylic and methacrylic monomers.
  • the acrylic resin can be either a homopolymer or a copolymer.
  • Acrylic resins also include copolymers with other polymers (eg, polyester, polyurethane, etc.). For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer.
  • a polymer (possibly a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included.
  • a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyurethane solution or polyurethane dispersion is also included.
  • a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included.
  • the polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, but particularly representative compounds include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, citracone Polymerizable monomers having a carboxyl group such as an acid, and polymerizable monomers having a carboxyl group forming a salt; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl ( Various hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as (meth) acrylate, monobutyl hydroxyl fumarate, monobutyl hydroxy itaconate; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, Lauryl (meth) acrylate Various (meth) acrylic esters such as: various nitrogen-containing compounds such as (meth) acryl
  • the urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer is a general term for polymers having a urethane bond in the main chain, and is usually obtained by reaction of polyisocyanate and polyol.
  • the polyisocyanate include tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and the like.
  • examples of the polyisocyanate include a polymer having an isocyanate group at a terminal, which is obtained by subjecting a polyurethane polymer obtained by the reaction of a polyisocyanate and a polyol to chain extension treatment to increase the molecular weight.
  • examples of the polyol include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, hexanetriol and the like.
  • the polyisocyanate, polyol, and chain extension treatment described above are described in, for example, “Polyurethane Handbook” (edited by Keiji Iwata, Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun, published in 1987).
  • the urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer may be one type or two or more types of urethane resins.
  • the urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer preferably has a glass transition temperature Tg of ⁇ 40 ° C. or more and 50 ° C. or less, and more preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or more and 40 ° C. or less.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • urethane resin examples include commercially available products such as Superflex (registered trademark) 150HS and Superflex 470 (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Hydran (registered trademark) AP-20, Hydran WLS-210, Hydran HW-161 ( It can also be obtained as a commercial product such as DIC Corporation).
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the film is heated to Tg + 30 ° C. or less and stretched.
  • the ink receiving layer forming coating solution that is applied to the transparent resin substrate to form the coating layer preferably contains a blocked isocyanate, in which crosslinking of the resin proceeds at the heating temperature during stretching.
  • Blocked isocyanate is a compound having a structure in which an isocyanate group is masked with a blocking agent, and is used as a heat-crosslinking type curing agent.
  • the blocking agent for the blocked isocyanate include phenolic compounds such as bisulfites, phenol, cresol, and ethylphenol, alcoholic compounds such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol, benzyl alcohol, methanol, and ethanol, dimethyl malonate, and malon.
  • Active methylene compounds such as diethyl acid, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate and acetylacetone, mercaptan compounds such as butyl mercaptan and dodecyl mercaptan, lactam compounds such as ⁇ -caprolactam and ⁇ -valerolactam, diphenylaniline, aniline, ethylene Imine, diisopropylamine, diisobutylamine, di (2-butylamine), di (t-butyl) amine, dicyclohexylamine, Nt-butyl Examples include amine compounds such as cyclohexylamine, acetic acid amide compounds such as acetanilide and acetic acid amide, oxime compounds such as formaldehyde, acetaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, and cyclohexanone oxime.
  • the blocked isocyanate may
  • isocyanate examples include aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, and naphthalene diisocyanate, and aromatic rings such as ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, ⁇ ′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate.
  • aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, and naphthalene diisocyanate
  • aromatic rings such as ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, ⁇ ′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate.
  • Aliphatic isocyanate methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-diisocyanatohexane, etc.
  • Examples include alicyclic isocyanates.
  • Isocyanates may be used alone or in combination.
  • aliphatic isocyanates or alicyclic isocyanates are more preferable than aromatic isocyanates in order to avoid yellowing due to ultraviolet rays.
  • a step of applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer and a step of drying (preheating portion) are provided.
  • the group derived from the blocking agent dissociates from the blocked isocyanate compound, so that the urethanization reaction proceeds between the isocyanate group derived from the blocked isocyanate compound (NCO group) and the hydroxyl group in the system, Crosslinking density can be improved.
  • the number average molecular weight of the blocked isocyanate is preferably 300 or more and 10,000 or less.
  • the lower limit value is more preferably 500, and most preferably 700.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 9,000, more preferably 8,500, and most preferably 8,000.
  • the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a blocked isocyanate, it preferably contains a first blocked isocyanate and a second blocked isocyanate described below.
  • the first blocked isocyanate is a blocked isocyanate having a gel fraction of 70% and a temperature of 90 ° C. or lower.
  • first blocked isocyanate when the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film used as the transparent resin substrate of the unstretched laminate is further stretched (that is, when the unstretched laminate is subjected to a stretching treatment so as to be a stretched laminate). ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “stretching temperature”) is generally in the range of not less than Tg and not more than Tg + 30 ° C. of the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film contained in the unstretched laminate.
  • the temperature for drying the ink receiving layer forming coating solution is usually set in the range of Tg to Tg + 30 ° C. or lower than Tg.
  • the drying temperature is preferably about 90 ° C.
  • the first blocked isocyanate block contained in the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid is dissociated and reacts to form a cross-linked ink-receiving layer film before stretching. And the strength of the coating film is improved.
  • the temperature at which the gel fraction of the first blocked isocyanate is 70% is lower than the temperature at which the gel fraction of the second blocked isocyanate described later is 70%, it can also be called low-temperature blocked isocyanate.
  • the content of the first blocked isocyanate is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink receiving layer. It is preferably 1% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less.
  • the first blocked isocyanate for example, at least one of hexamethylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate is preferably used.
  • the blocking agent malonic acid diester is particularly preferably used as an active methylene type, and among them, diethyl malonate and dimethyl malonate are more preferably used.
  • the amine system a chain secondary amine is preferably used, and among them, diisopropylamine, diisobutylamine, di (2-butylamine), and di (t-butyl) amine are more preferable. Furthermore, it is more preferable to use an active methylene type and an amine type in combination.
  • the second blocked isocyanate is a blocked isocyanate having a temperature higher than 90 ° C. when the gel fraction is 70%.
  • the temperature at which the gel fraction is 70% may be higher than 90 ° C, preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 110 ° C or higher, and further preferably 120 ° C or higher. Since the temperature when the gel fraction of the second blocked isocyanate is 70% is higher than the temperature when the gel fraction of the first blocked isocyanate is 70%, it may be called high temperature blocked isocyanate. it can.
  • the content of the second blocked isocyanate is preferably in the range of 0.5% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the ink receiving layer, and is 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the range is more preferable, and the range of 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable.
  • the second blocked isocyanate for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate are preferably used, and as the blocking agent, bisulfites, phenolic compounds, alcohol compounds, active methylene compounds, lactam compounds, amines are used. Compounds, oxime compounds and the like are preferably used, and bisulfites are particularly preferably used. Further, at least one of the dicarboxylic acid and the diol may have a polyurethane structure or a polyester structure in the molecule.
  • the total content of the first blocked isocyanate and the second blocked isocyanate is preferably 0.6% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the ink receiving layer. It is more preferable that it is 1.5 mass% or more and 35 mass% or less.
  • the mass ratio of the first blocked isocyanate and the second blocked isocyanate contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably the ratio of the former / the latter and is not less than 1/4 and not more than 10/1, and not less than 1/3 and not more than 10/1. Or less, more preferably 1/3 or more and 2/1 or less.
  • the thickness of the coating layer in the unstretched laminate (that is, the layer formed by application of the ink-receiving layer forming coating solution) is determined according to the stretch ratio of stretching to obtain a stretched laminate.
  • the thickness of the coating layer is suitably selected from the range of 0.03 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.04 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.07 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m. .
  • the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer can contain a crosslinking agent.
  • a crosslinking agent By containing a crosslinking agent, at least a part of the resin contained in the ink receiving layer is crosslinked, and the film strength as the ink receiving layer is improved.
  • the crosslinking agent include melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and the like.
  • the crosslinking agent is preferably at least one selected from oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and isocyanate compounds.
  • An oxazoline compound is a compound having two or more oxazoline groups in the molecule.
  • the oxazoline compound include a polymer having an oxazoline group, for example, a polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group, and a polymerizable unsaturated monomer other than the polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group, if necessary.
  • the polymer obtained by making it copolymerize with a monomer by well-known methods for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, etc.
  • Examples of the polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group include 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl Examples thereof include compounds containing isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline and the like as monomer units.
  • Oxazoline compounds are commercially available products such as Epocross (registered trademark) K-2020E, Epocross K-2010E, Epocross K-2020E, Epocross K-2030E, Epocross WS-300, Epocross WS-500, Epocross WS-700, etc. It is also available as Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • a carbodiimide compound is a compound having a functional group represented by —N ⁇ C ⁇ N—.
  • Polycarbodiimide is usually synthesized by a condensation reaction of organic diisocyanate, but the organic group of the organic diisocyanate used for the synthesis is not particularly limited, either aromatic or aliphatic, or aromatic and aliphatic Mixed systems can also be used. However, aliphatic systems are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • organic isocyanate, organic diisocyanate, organic triisocyanate, and the like are used as a raw material for synthesis.
  • 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4-diphenyldimethylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane Diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4′-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, etc. are used.
  • organic monoisocyanates isophorone isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate are used.
  • Cyclohexyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate and the like are used.
  • the carbodiimide compound is also available as a commercial product such as Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2 (manufactured by Nisshinbo Co., Ltd.).
  • the isocyanate compound is a compound having a partial structure of —N ⁇ C ⁇ O.
  • Examples of the organic isocyanate compound include aromatic isocyanate and aliphatic isocyanate, and two or more kinds of compounds may be mixed and used.
  • 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4-diphenyldimethylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane Diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, etc. are used.
  • organic monoisocyanates isophorone isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate are used.
  • Cyclohexyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate, and the like are used.
  • Examples of the isocyanate compound include Elastron (registered trademark) H-3, CAT-21 (all manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), DP9C214 (manufactured by Baxenden), Takenate (registered trademark) XWD-HS30 (Mitsui Chemicals). It can also be obtained as a product manufactured by Co., Ltd.
  • the cross-linking agent is preferably contained in the range of 3% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the resin contained in the ink receiving layer, and is preferably contained in the range of 3% by mass to 20% by mass. More preferred.
  • the adhesion between the ink receiving layer and the transparent resin substrate is improved, and the film strength of the ink receiving layer is improved.
  • the adhesion between the ink receiving layer and, for example, offset printing ink used when printing a parallax image is also improved.
  • the ink receiving layer forming coating solution may further contain a surfactant, a lubricant, organic or inorganic particles, a pH adjusting agent, and the like.
  • the ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution containing a surfactant has an effect of improving the coating property when the ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution is applied to one surface side of the transparent resin substrate.
  • the ink-receiving layer containing a lubricant is used to form a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink-receiving layer, for example, because ink for offset printing hardly bleeds on the surface of the ink-receiving layer. Compared with the layer, a parallax image with high resolution is formed.
  • the ink receiving layer containing inorganic particles is superior in film strength to the ink receiving layer containing no inorganic particles. Since the coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer containing a pH adjuster is excellent in stability as a coating liquid, the suitability for producing the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure is improved.
  • surfactant examples include known anionic, nonionic, cationic, fluorine-based, and silicone-based surfactants.
  • the surfactant is described in, for example, “Surfactant Handbook” (Nishi Ichiro, Imai Seiichiro, Kasai Shozo Edition, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., 1960).
  • an anionic surfactant and / or a nonionic surfactant are particularly preferable because they are excellent in the effect of improving the coating property.
  • anionic surfactants include higher fatty acid salts such as potassium stearate and potassium behenate, polyoxyethylene (hereinafter abbreviated as “POE”) alkyl ether carboxylates such as sodium lauryl ether carboxylate, N— N-acyl-L-glutamate such as stearoyl-L-glutamate monosodium salt, higher alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate and potassium lauryl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfates such as POE lauryl sulfate triethanolamine and sodium POE lauryl sulfate Ester salts, N-acyl sarcosine salts such as sodium lauroyl sarcosine, higher fatty acid amide sulfonates such as sodium N-myristoyl-N-methyl taurate, alkyl phosphates such as sodium stearyl phosphate, PO Alkyl ether phosphates such as sodium o
  • anionic surfactants examples include Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, Lapisol A-80, Lapisol BW-30, Lapisol B-90, Lapisol C-70 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), NIKKOL ( Registered trademark) OTP-100 (manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Kohakuur (registered trademark) ON (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Kolacool L-40 (trade name, manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Phosphanol (registered trademark) Trademark) 702 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Viewlight (registered trademark) A-5000, Viewlight SSS, Sanded (registered trademark) BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.
  • Lapisol registered trademark
  • Lapisol A-80 Lapisol BW-30
  • Lapisol B-90 Lapisol C
  • Examples of the cationic surfactant include alkyltrimethylammonium salts such as stearyltrimethylammonium chloride and lauryltrimethylammonium chloride, dialkyldimethylammonium salts such as distearyldimethylammonium chloride, poly (N, Ndimethyl-3,5- Methylenepiperidinium), alkylpyridinium salts such as cetylpyridinium chloride, alkyl quaternary ammonium salts, alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts, alkylisoquinolinium salts, dialkyl morpholinium salts, POE alkylamines, alkylamine salts, polyamine fatty acids Derivatives, amyl alcohol fatty acid derivatives, benzalkonium chloride, and benzethonium chloride.
  • alkyltrimethylammonium salts such as stearyltrimethylammonium chloride and lauryltrimethylammonium chloride
  • cationic surfactants include, for example, phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • phthalocyanine derivatives trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd
  • nonionic surfactants include, for example, NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95, HN-100 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Risolex (registered trademark) BW400 (manufactured by Higher Alcohol Industry Co., Ltd.), EMALEX (Registered Trademark) ET-2020 (Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.), Unilube (Registered Trademark) 50MB-26, Nonion IS-4 (Nippon Oil Corporation), and the like.
  • the amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin. 5 mass% or more and 3.0 mass% or less are more preferable.
  • an aliphatic wax or the like is preferably used as the lubricant.
  • the aliphatic wax include plant-based waxes such as carnauba wax, candelilla wax, rice wax, wood wax, jojoba oil, palm wax, rosin modified wax, cucumber wax, sugar cane wax, esparto wax, and bark wax.
  • Animal waxes such as beeswax, lanolin, whale wax, ibota wax, shellac wax, mineral waxes such as montan wax, ozokerite, ceresin wax, petroleum waxes such as paraffin wax, microcrystalline wax, petrolactam, and fishertro push wax
  • synthetic hydrocarbon waxes such as polyethylene wax, oxidized polyethylene wax, polypropylene wax, and oxidized polypropylene wax.
  • carnauba wax, paraffin wax, and polyethylene wax are particularly preferable.
  • the lubricant can be used as an aqueous dispersion because it can reduce the environmental burden and is easy to handle.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Cellozol (registered trademark) 524 (manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.). Only one type of lubricant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
  • the content of the lubricant is preferably 0.005% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid mass of the ink receiving layer.
  • Examples of inorganic particles include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate and the like.
  • Examples of the organic particles include polystyrene particles and polymethyl methacrylate particles.
  • Polystyrene particles, polymethyl methacrylate particles, and silica are preferable from the viewpoint of improving the slipperiness and cost.
  • the content of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.005% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less based on the total solid mass of the ink receiving layer.
  • An intermediate layer containing a resin may be provided between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer.
  • the intermediate layer By providing the intermediate layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer include modified polyolefins such as ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, modified polyethylene, and modified polypropylene.
  • the modified polyolefin is commercially available, for example, under the name Admer (registered trademark) from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
  • Admer registered trademark
  • the intermediate layer may be provided on the surface of the transparent resin substrate by an appropriate method according to the characteristics of the resin.
  • a solution in which a resin is dissolved in a solvent or a dispersion in which a resin is dispersed in a solvent may be applied to the surface of a transparent resin substrate. It may be formed by melt extrusion on the surface of the resin substrate.
  • the stretched laminate is produced by stretching the unstretched laminate.
  • the laminate stretching step of stretching an unstretched laminate to produce a stretched laminate is a step including uniaxial stretching that stretches the unstretched laminate in one direction, and includes biaxial stretching that stretches in directions orthogonal to each other. It may be a process.
  • the transparent resin substrate included in the unstretched laminate is a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the first direction, and at least one stretching direction for stretching the unstretched laminate is uniaxial. The film is stretched in a direction perpendicular to the first direction of the stretched film.
  • the stretch ratio in the case of producing a stretched laminate from an unstretched laminate is suitably 1.5 to 7 times, more preferably 1.7 to 5 times, and more preferably 2 to 4 times. Is more preferable.
  • the draw ratio is 1.5 times or more and 7 times or less, the mechanical strength is sufficient, the thickness is uniform, and a lenticular sheet excellent in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer can be easily obtained. It is done.
  • the transparent resin substrate contained in the unstretched laminate is a uniaxially stretched film
  • MD Machine Direction
  • TD Transverse Direction
  • the thickness of the transparent resin substrate in the stretched laminate is suitably selected from the range of 50 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 60 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 100 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m. .
  • the thickness of the ink receiving layer in the stretched laminate is suitably selected from the range of 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.02 ⁇ m to 0.1 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 0.04 ⁇ m to 0.07 ⁇ m. The range is as follows.
  • a lenticular lens layer (hereinafter also simply referred to as “lens layer”) is formed on the surface of the stretched laminate opposite to the surface having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate.
  • the process of forming the lenticular lens layer on the transparent resin substrate is also referred to as “lenticular lens layer forming process”.
  • the lens layer is preferably provided with a lenticular lens layer 32 via an intermediate layer 34.
  • the lens layer 32 and the intermediate layer 34 are obtained by melting a resin for forming each of the intermediate layer 34 and the lens layer 32 on the surface of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer in the stretched laminate.
  • a method of molding the lens layer by co-extrusion and then embossing the surface of the resin for forming the lens layer 32 with an embossing roller is preferable.
  • the intermediate layer 34 is applied to the surface of the transparent resin substrate that is unstretched or stretched in the first direction on the surface opposite to the side on which the ink receiving layer is formed. May be formed by stretching an unstretched laminate having a coating layer on both surfaces of the obtained unstretched or transparent resin substrate stretched in the first direction.
  • Examples of the resin forming the lens layer 32 include polymethyl methacrylate resin (PMMA), polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, methacrylate-styrene copolymer resin (MS resin), acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer resin (AS resin), and polypropylene resin.
  • PMMA polymethyl methacrylate resin
  • MS resin methacrylate-styrene copolymer resin
  • AS resin acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer resin
  • Polypropylene resin Polyethylene resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyvinyl chloride resin (PVC), thermoplastic elastomer, cycloolefin polymer, and the like.
  • polymethyl methacrylate resin PMMA
  • polycarbonate resin polystyrene resin
  • methacrylate-styrene copolymer resin MS resin
  • polyethylene resin polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • glycol modified polyethylene terephthalate resin etc.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • amorphous PET may be used as the polyethylene terephthalate (PET) resin.
  • the lens layer 32 may include a plurality of resins.
  • the lens layer 32 has a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less (T in FIG. 1), and has a lenticular lens shape in which a large number of cylindrical convex lenses are arranged in parallel on the surface.
  • the lenticular lens shape is, for example, a lens radius of 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m (R in FIG. 1), a lens height of 50 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m (H in FIG. 1), and a lens pitch of 100 ⁇ m to 257 ⁇ m (P in FIG. 1). ).
  • the present invention is not limited to the above numerical values.
  • the lens pitch P may be 127 ⁇ m, 254 ⁇ m, or the like.
  • the lenticular lens shape means a plate-like lens array in which shapes obtained by vertically dividing a cylinder are arranged in parallel, that is, a shape in which cylindrical lenses are two-dimensionally arranged.
  • An intermediate layer 34 may be provided between the transparent resin substrate 12 and the lens layer 32.
  • the intermediate layer 34 is not necessarily provided.
  • the intermediate layer 34 preferably includes at least a resin.
  • a resin excellent in adhesion between the lens layer 32 and the transparent resin substrate 12 is preferable.
  • Suitable thermoplastic resins for forming the intermediate layer 34 include ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, modified polyolefins such as modified polyethylene and modified polypropylene, polyesters, acrylic resins, and urethane resins.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer 34 is preferably 0 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0 ⁇ m or more and 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • a method of forming each of the intermediate layer 34 and the lens layer 32 on the surface of the stretched laminate 24 opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer 22 of the transparent resin substrate will be described.
  • a first thermoplastic resin for forming the intermediate layer 34 and a second thermoplastic resin for forming the lens layer 32 are co-located on the opposite side of the transparent resin substrate 12 from the side having the ink receiving layer 22.
  • the step of extruding and the embossing roller having the lens forming mold disposed opposite to the second thermoplastic resin side and the nip roller disposed opposite to the ink receiving layer 22 side of the transparent resin substrate 12 are used together.
  • the intermediate layer 34 may be provided in advance on the side of the stretched laminate 24 opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer 22 of the transparent resin substrate 12. That is, the ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to one side of an unstretched or first stretched transparent resin substrate, and the intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other side of the transparent resin substrate.
  • a lens layer can be formed on the intermediate layer of the stretched laminate.
  • the surface of the embossing roller has, for example, a reverse shape for forming a lenticular lens shape.
  • a two-layer laminate of the first thermoplastic resin and the second thermoplastic resin coextruded on the surface of the stretched laminate transparent resin substrate is sandwiched between the embossing roller and the nip roller, and formed on the surface of the embossing roller.
  • the inverted shape of the lens is transferred onto the surface of the second thermoplastic resin laminate layer.
  • the laminate layer of the second thermoplastic resin to which the lenticular lens shape is transferred is cooled and solidified while being wound around the embossing roller.
  • a lenticular lens is formed on the surface of the laminate layer of the second thermoplastic resin.
  • the lenticular lens layer 32 is formed, and the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is obtained.
  • Embossing roller materials include various steel members, stainless steel, copper, zinc, brass, hard chrome plating (HCr plating), Cu plating, Ni plating, etc. with these metal materials as core metal, ceramics , And various composite materials can be employed.
  • the nip roller is disposed opposite to the embossing roller, and is a roller for sandwiching the resin layer, the transparent resin substrate, and the transparent thermoplastic resin with the embossing roller.
  • various steel members, stainless steel, copper, zinc, brass, or a metal lining of these metal materials can be used.
  • the temperature of the embossing roller is set so that the temperature of the second thermoplastic resin at the pinching portion is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature. This is to prevent the mold from being cooled and solidified before the mold transfer to the second thermoplastic resin laminate layer is completed.
  • the thickness of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is suitably in the range of 30 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m. According to the present disclosure, a thin lenticular sheet having a relatively high manufacturing difficulty in terms of mechanical strength and image recognition, for example, a lenticular sheet having a thickness in the range of 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m can be easily obtained.
  • a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate that is not stretched or stretched in a first direction.
  • Forming a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer, and stretching the laminate to form an ink receiving layer on one side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction A laminate extending step, and a lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction in the laminate extending step.
  • a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface of an unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in a first direction.
  • the intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, and the laminate is formed to form a laminate having the coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate and the transparent resin substrate, and the laminate is stretched
  • Formation of a lenticular lens layer on the intermediate layer formed on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction in the stretching step and the laminate stretching step Process and Including the.
  • the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains each component contained in the ink receiving layer and a coating solvent.
  • a coating solvent for the ink receiving layer forming coating solution water or an organic solvent such as a glycol solvent or an ether solvent can be used.
  • the coating method for applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer on one surface of the transparent resin substrate include bar coating (bar coating method coating), slit coating, spray coating, and spin coating.
  • an offset printing method that can easily print a high-definition parallax image is preferable.
  • the ink composition used for offset printing is not particularly limited as long as it is a known ink composition, and is an oxidation polymerization type ink composition that is cured by oxygen in general air, and an ultraviolet curable type that is cured by irradiation with actinic rays.
  • Examples of the ink composition include a solvent-free ultraviolet curable ink composition that does not contain a solvent.
  • Examples of commercially available products include WEB WORLD (registered trademark) series, WEB ZETT (registered trademark) series, Dicure (registered trademark) series (all manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation), and the like.
  • the method for forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer is not limited to offset printing, and a high-definition parallax image can be formed even by inkjet printing.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure includes a transparent resin substrate, a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate, and the transparent resin substrate side of the first ink receiving layer.
  • the second ink receiving layer is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink than the ink of the first ink receiving layer.
  • the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure includes, for example, a transparent resin substrate 42 and a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate 42 as schematically illustrated in FIG. 28A, a second ink receiving layer 28B provided on the side opposite to the transparent resin substrate 42 side of the first ink receiving layer 28A, a lenticular lens layer 32 provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate 42,
  • the first ink receiving layer 28A is a layer whose adhesion to the transparent resin substrate 42 is higher than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer 28B to the transparent resin substrate 42
  • the second ink receiving layer 28B is an adhesion to ink.
  • this is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink of the first ink receiving layer 28A.
  • an intermediate layer 44 is provided between the transparent resin substrate 42 and the lenticular lens layer 32, as in the lenticular sheet 10 shown in FIG.
  • the transparent resin substrate in the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment an unstretched film, a uniaxially stretched film, or a biaxially stretched film can be used.
  • the transparent resin substrate is preferably a biaxially stretched film, and is preferably a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film.
  • the constituent material, thickness, and the like of the transparent resin substrate used in the second embodiment are the same as those of the transparent resin substrate included in the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment.
  • a first ink receiving layer and a second ink receiving layer are laminated as an ink receiving layer from the transparent resin substrate side.
  • the first ink receiving layer is composed of a layer having higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer to the transparent resin substrate, and the second ink receiving layer has first adhesion to the ink.
  • the ink receiving layer is composed of a layer having higher adhesion to ink. Since the first ink receiving layer showing higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the second ink receiving layer is provided in contact with the transparent resin substrate, the entire ink receiving layer has high adhesion to the transparent resin substrate. Can be secured.
  • the first ink receiving layer has higher adhesion than the first ink receiving layer with respect to ink that forms a parallax image (for example, an ultraviolet curable ink composition).
  • a parallax image for example, an ultraviolet curable ink composition.
  • the materials constituting the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer may be selected according to the transparent resin substrate and the ink to be used. For example, what is necessary is just to each select from resin used for formation of the ink receiving layer in the lenticular sheet which concerns on 1st Embodiment, a crosslinking agent, surfactant, a lubricant, etc. Specifically, it is preferable that the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer each independently contain at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent.
  • the thicknesses of the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the transparent resin substrate or ink, film thickness uniformity, etc., for example, each of 0.02 to 1.5 ⁇ m is used. A thickness within the range is preferable.
  • a third ink receiving layer may be further provided between the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer.
  • ⁇ Lenticular lens layer> In the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment, convex lenses (lenses) are arranged in parallel on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, that is, on the surface opposite to the surface on which the first ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate is provided.
  • a lenticular lens layer (lens layer) is provided.
  • the constituent material, thickness, and the like of the lens layer are the same as those of the lenticular lens layer in the first embodiment.
  • the lens layer is preferably provided on the transparent resin substrate via an intermediate layer.
  • the constituent material, thickness, and the like of the intermediate layer are the same as those of the intermediate layer in the first embodiment.
  • a first ink receiving layer is formed by applying a first ink receiving layer forming coating solution to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate.
  • an intermediate layer is formed by applying an intermediate layer forming coating solution to the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate before the lenticular lens layer forming step.
  • a layer forming step may be included.
  • the second ink receiving layer is formed after the first ink receiving layer, and when forming the intermediate layer, it is necessary to form the lenticular lens layer after forming the intermediate layer.
  • the order of the intermediate layer forming step and the order of the second ink receiving layer forming step and the intermediate layer forming step are not particularly limited.
  • each layer may be formed in the order of a first ink receiving layer forming step, an intermediate layer forming step, a second ink receiving layer forming step, and a lenticular lens layer forming step.
  • the step of forming the layers on both sides of the transparent resin substrate may proceed in an overlapping manner, for example, the step of forming one of the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer, and the intermediate layer And the process of forming either one of the lenticular lens layer may be repeated in advance.
  • the lenticular display according to the present disclosure has a parallax image (hereinafter referred to as “lenticular”) on the surface of the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the surface of the second ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment.
  • An image layer including an “image” may be provided.
  • the parallax image in the lenticular display body of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may be formed according to a display target image (display parallax image).
  • display parallax image Usually, for each lens arranged on the display side of the lenticular lens layer, two or more (plural) display parallax images (hereinafter referred to as parallel to the longitudinal direction of the lens) are arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer.
  • the band-shaped images constituting the display parallax image may be referred to as “image sequence”).
  • the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure can form an image with high definition on the ink receiving layer, it can be suitably used, for example, when manufacturing a lenticular display body that changes (changing) character information.
  • a lenticular display body that changes (changing) character information.
  • a case where character information is independently displayed in a plurality of languages will be specifically described.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment has a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular image including character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages, and the lenticular image was observed through the lenticular lens layer. Sometimes, the language for displaying the character information is switched depending on the observation angle.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment has a configuration in which the display language is switched according to the change in the observation angle, so that each information item is displayed in a plurality of languages compared to a general business card in one language. There is no need to reduce the language characters or increase the size of the recording medium itself. For this reason, even if the display surface is small, such as a business card, character information can be displayed with high legibility in a plurality of languages.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment can switch the display language depending on the viewing angle with a single sheet, it is not bulky like a booklet, does not require an electronic medium such as a liquid crystal panel, and a power source, and is a place to use However, it can be manufactured at low cost. Therefore, the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment can be suitably used as a small-sized display body that is handed over to a partner, such as a business card, or carried in a pocket of clothing.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing a business card 50 (hereinafter may be referred to as “lenticular business card”) 50 as an example of a lenticular display body according to the present embodiment.
  • a business card generally includes character information such as a user's name, the name of an organization, a title, an address, a telephone number, a FAX number, an E-mail address, and a URL.
  • the lenticular business card 50 shown in FIG. 3 is configured such that the character information is switched between three languages (first language, second language, and third language) depending on the viewing angle.
  • the configuration of the lenticular display according to the present embodiment will be specifically described.
  • the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment uses the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the second embodiment described above as the lenticular sheet.
  • variety per lens which comprises the lenticular lens layer in this embodiment is not specifically limited, What is necessary is just to select the pitch width of a lens according to the objective.
  • LPI Line Per Inch
  • 100 LPI indicates that there are 100 lenses (100 rows) per inch, and the lens pitch is 254 ⁇ m. The greater the number of lines per inch (number of lenses arranged), the smaller the lens pitch and the better the definition.
  • a low-definition lenticular sheet (for example, 60 LPI) is suitable for use in a poster or the like that displays a pattern that is relatively far from the observation position, but when it is intended to read small text information such as a business card, It is preferable that 100 or more rows of lenses constituting the lenticular lens layer are arranged in parallel per 1 inch. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the resolution of the lenticular image, the number of convex lenses constituting the lenticular lens layer is more preferably 200 rows (2.5 LPI) or less per 2.54 cm.
  • the lenticular image in the present embodiment includes character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages.
  • the lenticular image is formed such that when the lenticular image is observed through the lenticular lens layer, the language for displaying the character information is switched depending on the observation angle.
  • the method for forming the lenticular image is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include offset printing and inkjet printing. Ink jet printing is preferred from the viewpoint of demand printing. Regardless of which printing method is adopted, it is preferable that the number of dots printed in the formation of the lenticular image is equal to or less than (the pitch of the convex lens / the number of image rows per lens).
  • the dot diameter is 254 ⁇ m ⁇ 12 ⁇ 21 ⁇ m or less.
  • the dot diameter is 254 ⁇ m ⁇ 12 ⁇ 21 ⁇ m or less.
  • the name is often the largest character.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the arrangement of the convex lens 32A in a part of the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment and the image sequence constituting each display language.
  • an image layer 26 is formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (opposite side of the transparent resin substrate 12), and a first language image row and a second language image row are used as lenticular images.
  • the third language image sequence are arranged in parallel with the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A (perpendicular to the arrangement direction y of the convex lenses 12A on the smooth surface of the lenticular lens 12).
  • Each language pixel column is arranged in the width direction of the convex lens 32A in a group of four (an image column group) under one convex lens 32A.
  • the image rows corresponding to the three languages are arranged under the respective convex lenses 32A, so that the observer is arranged through the lenticular lens layer 32, for example, under the respective convex lenses.
  • the language image sequence is observed at an angle of view, only the first language image sequence is visually synthesized as character information.
  • the observer can read the character information in the first language as shown in FIG.
  • the second language image sequence and the third language image sequence and each language image sequence arranged under each convex lens 32A is observed and synthesized at an angle entering the field of view.
  • the character information in each language can be read.
  • the relationship between the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A constituting the lenticular lens layer 32 and the longitudinal direction of each image row may be parallel or vertical, but the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A and each image row may be It is preferable that the longitudinal directions are arranged in parallel.
  • the longitudinal direction of the lens 32A is also preferably the x direction.
  • the image rows constituting three languages are arranged under one convex lens 32A, and a total of 12 image rows are arranged, but the image under each convex lens 32A.
  • the arrangement of the columns is not limited to the example shown in FIG.
  • the number of pixel columns arranged under one convex lens 32A is not limited to twelve, and may be more than the number of languages to be displayed (for example, three or more when displaying in three languages). Note that the larger the number of image rows arranged under one convex lens 32A, the higher the resolution. However, since the data capacity of the image row group increases, the image row arranged under one convex lens 32A. Is preferably 12 columns or less.
  • the angle displayed in each language can be adjusted by the width (number) of image row groups in each display language arranged under each convex lens 32A.
  • the second language image sequence under one convex lens 32A it is sufficient to increase the number of arrangements of the images in the image sequence for other languages.
  • the second language pixel column is set to six columns, and the first language pixel column and the third language pixel column are each set to three columns, whereby the observation angle in the second language is set. Can be widened.
  • the example of the lenticular display body 50 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 is a form that switches in three languages depending on the observation angle, but the displayed language is not limited as long as it is two or more languages. Language image sequences may be arranged. However, as the number of display languages increases, the resolution decreases, and it becomes difficult to read small characters or characters written with thin lines. Further, as the number of display languages is increased, the observation angle of each display language is narrowed, and the angle at which characters between different languages are seen easily overlap. From the viewpoint of displaying in many languages and maintaining high legibility, the number of languages that can be switched on one side is preferably 3 languages or more and 4 languages or less.
  • FIG. 7 shows an example in which the character information of the business card is switched between Japanese and English as an example of the lenticular display according to the present embodiment.
  • the organization's logo, department, title, name, organization name, address, telephone number, FAX number, E-mail address are listed in this order.
  • the logo of the affiliated organization, name, title, affiliated department, affiliated organization name, address, telephone number, FAX number, and E-mail address are listed in this order.
  • the common items are preferably arranged so as to be displayed at the same position even when the observation angle changes.
  • “displayed at the same position” does not only mean that the position does not change at all when the display language is switched, but two language displays are overlapped as the observation angle is changed. This means that even when the apparent position does not change, it can be recognized that it is a common item. In this way, common items are displayed at the same position, so that even if the viewing angle changes and the display language is switched or the two display languages overlap, the display location does not change, so it is easy to read. An effect is obtained.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment may include an image other than character information.
  • an image other than character information for example, in the case of a lenticular business card, it may include an image such as a logo mark of a tissue other than letters and a user's face photo.
  • Such images other than character information may be switched together with the display language depending on the observation angle, or may be an image that does not change even when the observation angle is changed.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment may be configured such that the display language changes only on one surface, and a solid or fixed image is displayed on the other surface. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which has a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular image on both surfaces, and the language which displays character information switches on both surfaces according to an observation angle, respectively. Thus, when it is set as the structure which switches the language which displays character information on both surfaces, a language may be switched similarly on both surfaces, and you may make it switch to a mutually different display language on both surfaces.
  • a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular lens layer are arranged on both sides so that the display is switched in the first language to the third language on one side and the display is switched in the fourth language to the sixth language on the other side.
  • display in six languages becomes possible.
  • the text information such as organization and name is switched between the first language to the third language, and on the other side, the business information of the organization and the like is displayed in the first language.
  • the display may be switched in the third language.
  • the lenticular lens layer of each display body may be bonded to the outside with a background color layer (for example, a white layer such as paper) interposed therebetween.
  • a background color layer for example, a white layer such as paper
  • the region (background) other than the portion where the image of character information or the like is formed may be a white background like a normal business card.
  • the characters can be colored to the extent that they do not interfere with the interpretation of the characters, or a pattern can be added.
  • the lenticular business card has been mainly described as an example of a mode in which character information is switched and displayed in a plurality of languages in the lenticular display according to the present embodiment.
  • the lenticular display according to the present embodiment is not limited to a business card. Including text information such as menus for restaurants, maps, posters, route maps for transportation, timetables, jackets for optical discs such as CDs (compact discs), postcards, lyrics cards, product catalogs, calendars, etc.
  • a display body it can apply without being limited at all as a display body which switches and displays character information in a plurality of languages.
  • the lenticular image in the present embodiment is not limited to the case where the character information is switched and displayed in a plurality of languages, and the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment switches and displays an image that does not include characters such as a picture and a photograph. In this case, it can be suitably applied.
  • the lenticular display according to the present disclosure may be in a state where the corners of the four corners after cutting are 90 degrees, and in order to improve safety during handling, processing such as rounding the corners and removing a surface is performed. May be.
  • the images are switched depending on the observation angle, but when the images are switched, different display parallax images are overlapped, and particularly when the display parallax image includes characters. It may be difficult to read. Therefore, in the lenticular display according to the present disclosure, the image layer is adjacent to the display parallax image between the two or more display parallax images arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer and the adjacent display parallax image. And a common image formed from a portion common to the parallax image.
  • a common image formed from a common portion of adjacent display parallax images refers to (I) between adjacent display parallax images in a plurality of display parallax images arranged under the same lens. Or (II) an image including a portion that does not change between adjacent display parallax images and a portion in which the changing portion is replaced with a portion that does not change. For example, when two adjacent display parallax images have the same background and characters change, the common image in (I) excludes the non-overlapping portions of the character portions in the two adjacent display parallax images
  • the common image of (II) is an image formed by replacing the overlapping part and the non-overlapping part of the character parts in two adjacent display parallax images with the background.
  • FIG. 8 schematically shows an example of the configuration of the lenticular display body of the present disclosure.
  • an image layer 26 including two parallax images is formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (28) of the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure.
  • two images (A image 26a and B image 26b) having a common background as disparity images for display are arranged so as to match the lens pitch P of the lenticular sheet, and further, the A image 26a and the B image A common image 26c composed of a background common to the A image 26a and the B image 26b is arranged between the image 26b and the image 26b.
  • a common image 26c is also arranged between the A image 26a and the B image 26b of the adjacent lenses.
  • the common image 26c is disposed between the parallax images (A image 26a and B image 26b) adjacent to each other below and between the lenses, so that the lenticular display body When the observer's eyes move relatively and observe, the angle at which the A image 26a and the B image 26b appear to overlap each other is reduced, and the switchability of the images can be improved.
  • the lenticular display according to the present disclosure is obtained by forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (28) of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the second embodiment. Therefore, it is preferable that a protective layer 36 is further provided on the surface of the image layer including the parallax image.
  • the protective layer 36 is not particularly limited as long as the side opposite to the ink receiving layer side of the image layer including the parallax image can be protected, and examples thereof include paper, a resin film, a metal sheet, and polystyrene foam.
  • the protective layer 36 may be provided via the adhesive layer or without the adhesive layer.
  • the protective layer 36 may be provided by applying a paint to the surface on which the parallax image is formed and drying it.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is not particularly limited, and may be determined according to the material constituting the protective layer and the purpose of the lenticular display.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the dried PET resin was melted in an extruder having a heater temperature set in the range of 280 ° C to 300 ° C.
  • the melted PET resin was extruded onto a chill roll electrostatically applied from a die part to obtain a band-shaped amorphous PET film.
  • the obtained strip-shaped amorphous PET film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction (hereinafter, “longitudinal direction” is also referred to as “MD direction”) to obtain a strip-shaped uniaxially stretched PET film.
  • a coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer) having the following composition is applied to one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method. Then, by drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, a strip-shaped unstretched laminate having a coating layer on one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film was obtained.
  • composition of coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming ink receiving layer)
  • -Polyester polyurethane polymer terminal block isocyanate (P1) weight average molecular weight: 6000, solid content 27%) ... 62.34 parts-Block isocyanate (weight average molecular weight: 1000, WM44-L70G manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation) 7.29 parts ⁇ Isocyanate reaction catalyst (organotin aqueous dispersion.
  • ELASTRON (registered trademark) CAT-21, solid content 10%, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) 0.44 Part ⁇ Anionic surfactant (sodium di-2-ethylhexylsulfosuccinate, solid content 1%) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0.56 part ⁇ pH adjuster (sodium bicarbonate) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0.23 part ⁇ pH buffer ( A mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 1.92 parts ⁇ Silica (average primary particle diameter: 40 nm, PL3D manufactured by Fuso Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 2.01 parts ⁇ Agglomerated silica (number average particle diameter: 4 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, Tosoh Silica Corporation) AZ204) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0.20 part ⁇ Lubricant (Carnauba wax, Carnauba wax dispersion Cerosol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%
  • the terminal block isocyanate (P1) of the polyester-based polyurethane polymer contained in the coating liquid A was prepared by the following procedure. After adding 34 parts of hexamethylene diisocyanate to 200 parts of polyester of ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A and maleic acid, the reaction was carried out, and 73 parts of 30% aqueous sodium bisulfite solution was added and stirred. To obtain a terminal polyurethane (P1) of a polyester polyurethane polymer having a solid content of 27%.
  • the strip-shaped unstretched laminate prepared above is stretched 4.0 times in the width direction (a direction orthogonal to the stretching direction in the uniaxially stretched PET film, hereinafter also referred to as “TD direction”) with a stretching apparatus.
  • a stretched laminate 1 having an ink receiving layer having a thickness of 0.05 ⁇ m on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 250 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • a lenticular lens layer was formed by the following procedure on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the stretched laminate 1 prepared above.
  • the belt-shaped stretched laminate 1 prepared as described above was passed between an embossing roller ( ⁇ 350 mm, 40 ° C.) and a nip roller ( ⁇ 350 mm, 40 ° C.) while being conveyed at 20 m / min.
  • the surface of the embossing roller has a lenticular lens shape (radius 150 ⁇ m, lens pitch 254 ⁇ m).
  • a glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PET-G) resin for forming a lens layer is formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film of the stretched laminate 1.
  • PET-G polyethylene terephthalate
  • an intermediate layer forming resin Admer, trade name, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • a lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film of the stretched laminate 1 that passed between the embossing roller and the nip roller.
  • the thickness of the obtained lenticular sheet 1 was 350 ⁇ m.
  • Example 2 In Example 1, using the coating liquid A as a coating liquid for forming an intermediate layer formed between the lens layer and the biaxially stretched PET film, on one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film in the same manner as in Example 1, A strip-shaped unstretched laminate having a coating layer that becomes an ink-receiving layer after stretching and a coating layer that becomes an intermediate layer after stretching on the other surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film was prepared. The obtained unstretched laminate was stretched to have a 0.05 ⁇ m thick ink receiving layer on one surface of a 250 ⁇ m thick biaxially stretched PET film and a 0.05 ⁇ m thick intermediate on the other surface. A stretched laminate 2 having a layer was obtained. Then, the lenticular sheet 2 was produced even if the lenticular lens layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 3 a lenticular sheet 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the following coating liquid B was used as the intermediate layer forming coating liquid formed between the lens layer and the biaxially stretched PET film.
  • composition of coating liquid B (coating liquid for intermediate layer formation)] -Water ... 56.60 parts-Acrylic resin (A1, solid content 28%) ... 21.40 parts-Carbodiimide compound (Nisshinbo Co., Ltd., Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2, solid content 40 2.90 parts ⁇ Sulfosuccinic acid surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%)... 8.10 parts ⁇ Polyethylene oxide surfactant Agent (Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ...
  • Example 4 In Example 1, in place of the coating liquid A as the ink receiving layer forming coating liquid, the lenticular is the same as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid B of Example 3 is used as the ink receiving layer forming coating liquid. Sheet 4 was produced.
  • Example 5 a lenticular sheet 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid C having the following composition was used instead of the coating liquid A as the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid.
  • coating liquid C coating liquid for forming ink receiving layer
  • Polyester resin aqueous solution manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Plus Coat (registered trademark) Z592, solid content 25%
  • Polyurethane resin aqueous dispersion (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Superflex (registered trademark) ) 150HS, solid content 38%) ...
  • Lubricant manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., Carnauba wax dispersion Cerozol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%
  • Preservative manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd., 1, 2-benzothiazolin-3-one, solid solvent 3.5% methanol solvent
  • Distilled water ... Amount that makes the total mass of coating liquid C 1000 parts
  • Example 6 In Example 1, the lenticular lens shape formed on the surface of the embossing roller has a radius of 80 ⁇ m and a lens pitch of 127 ⁇ m, and the stretched laminate is an ink having a thickness of 0.05 ⁇ m on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 150 ⁇ m.
  • a lenticular sheet 6 (thickness: 200 ⁇ m) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the stretched laminate having a receiving layer was used.
  • Example 7 the stretched laminate has an ink-receiving layer having a thickness of 0.05 ⁇ m on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 150 ⁇ m as in Example 6, and a thickness of 0 on the other surface.
  • a lenticular sheet 7 having a lenticular sheet thickness of 200 ⁇ m was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the stretched laminate having an intermediate layer of 0.05 ⁇ m was used.
  • the embossing roller (diameter 350 mm, 40 ° C.) is used while the PET resin used for the production of the transparent resin substrate of the unstretched laminate of Example 1 is used in the same manner and the molten PET resin is dripped from the die and conveyed at 10 m / min. And a nip roller (diameter 350 mm, 40 ° C.).
  • the surface of the embossing roller has a lenticular lens shape (radius 150 ⁇ m, lens pitch 254 ⁇ m).
  • a lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the unstretched PET film that passed between the embossing roller and the nip roller.
  • the thickness of the obtained lenticular sheet C1 was 350 ⁇ m.
  • Example 2 The strip-shaped non-crystalline PET film used in Example 1 was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction with a stretching apparatus, and then stretched 4.0 times in the width direction to form a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 250 ⁇ m. Got. While the obtained biaxially stretched PET film was transported at a transport speed of 60 m / min, coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer) was applied to one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method, and subsequently. By drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, a belt-like stretched laminate having an ink receiving layer (the ink receiving layer is not stretched) on one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film was obtained.
  • coating liquid A coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer
  • a lenticular lens layer is formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the stretched laminate prepared as described above in the same manner as in Example 1, and the lenticular sheet C2 (thickness 350 ⁇ m) was made.
  • Example 8 Coating liquids D to F having the following compositions were prepared as coating liquids for forming the ink receiving layer and the intermediate layer.
  • composition of coating liquid D (coating liquid for forming first ink receiving layer)] -Naphthalene ring-containing polyester (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Pluscoat (registered trademark) Z687, aqueous dispersion with a solid content of 25%) ... 302.43 parts-Carbodiimide compound (Nisshinbo Co., Ltd., Carbodilite (registered trademark) V -02-L2 Solid content 40%) ... 136.21 parts ⁇ Sulfosuccinic acid surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%) ...
  • composition of coating solution F (coating solution for intermediate layer formation)
  • Carbodiimide compound Nishinbo Co., Ltd.
  • Carbodilite registered trademark
  • Sulfosuccinic acid -Based surfactant manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%) ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0.60 part
  • Polyethylene oxide surfactant manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., NAROACTY ( (Registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ...
  • the coating liquid D (coating liquid for forming the first ink receiving layer) was applied to one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by the bar coating method. Subsequently, the first ink receiving layer (thickness 0.45 ⁇ m) was formed by drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute. Further, a coating liquid E (a coating liquid for forming a second ink receiving layer) is applied onto the first ink receiving layer by a bar coating method, and subsequently dried at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, whereby a second ink receiving layer (thickness) is obtained. 0.45 ⁇ m) was formed.
  • a coating solution F (coating solution for forming an intermediate layer) is applied to the other surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method, and subsequently dried at 145 ° C. for 1 minute to form an intermediate layer (thickness 0.1 ⁇ m).
  • an intermediate layer thickness 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • lenticular sheet 8 ⁇ Preparation of lenticular sheet 8> [Formation of lenticular lens layer] A lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the intermediate layer of the stretched laminate 8 prepared above in the same manner as in Example 1 to produce a lenticular sheet 8 (thickness 351 ⁇ m).
  • parallax image X Using the lenticular sheets 1 to 8 according to the example and the lenticular sheets C1 and C2 according to the comparative example, a parallax image X was formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer by the following procedure. The parallax image X was formed to match the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet. ⁇ ink> Solventless actinic ray curable ink (Dicure (registered trademark) RTX White, Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used.
  • ⁇ Offset printing plate> An offset printing plate on which a parallax image X was formed so as to match the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet was prepared using a commercially available UV ink presensitized plate (PS plate). ⁇ printing> A parallax image X was printed on the surface of the ink receiving layer of each lenticular sheet using the above-described ink and offset printing plate using a commercially available offset printing machine. The following evaluation was performed on the produced lenticular sheet having the parallax image X.
  • PS plate UV ink presensitized plate
  • a cut with a razor blade is formed in a lattice shape in which a large number of rectangles each having a length of 1 mm and a width of 1 mm are arranged in a two-dimensional direction.
  • a cellophane adhesive tape is applied to the surface of the parallax image that has been cut into a lattice shape in an area of about 50 mm in length and 30 mm in width. Adhere. After 2 minutes from the close contact, the adhered cellophane adhesive tape was instantaneously peeled off from the surface of the parallax image in a direction perpendicular to the surface.
  • Evaluation was performed according to the following ranks based on the number of rectangles of the parallax images peeled off.
  • B The number of rectangles of the peeled parallax image is 2 or more and 6 or less.
  • C The number of rectangles of the peeled parallax image is 7 or more.
  • a cellophane adhesive tape is affixed to the surface of the parallax image that has been cut into a lattice shape in a 50 mm length and 30 mm width. Adhere closely.
  • the adhered cellophane adhesive tape was instantaneously peeled off from the surface of the parallax image in a direction perpendicular to the surface. Evaluation was made according to the following ranks based on the number of rectangles of the ink receiving layer that was peeled off.
  • C The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 4 or more and 6 or less.
  • D The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 7 or more and 10 or less.
  • E The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 11 or more.
  • the ink diffusibility is the ratio of the dot size of an image (halftone dot) printed with the same character or image on the ink receiving layer compared to the halftone dot of the image formed on the offset printing plate (% ).
  • C The thermal expansion coefficient is 6.5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 / ° C. or more.
  • ⁇ Color reproducibility> The color reproducibility was evaluated with the following evaluation ranks based on the values of the color difference ⁇ E from the standard sample by measuring the standard colors cyan (C), yellow (Y), massane (M), and black (K).
  • parallax image Y The following parallax images Y were formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer using the lenticular sheets 1 to 8 according to the example and the lenticular sheets C1 and C2 according to the comparative example.
  • the parallax image Y was formed to fit the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet.
  • two images (A image and B image) with a common background are taken as an example.
  • the pitch (P) of the lenticular sheet is divided into 24 equal parts, the A image 26a is equally divided into 5/12 (width a in FIG. 8), and the B image 26b is equally divided into 5/12 (width b in FIG. 8).
  • the common background-only common image 26c between the A image 26a and the B image 26b is divided into 1/12 equal parts (width c in FIG. 8), and the adjacent A image 26a and B image 26b between the lenses.
  • a common image 26c corresponding to 1/12 is provided in between.
  • a B image 26b divided into 5/12 equal parts (width b) and a common image 26c divided into 1/24 parts (width c / 2) are arranged.
  • the display switching property of the lenticular display body obtained by forming the parallax image Y on the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet produced in each example was evaluated.
  • the distance (observation distance) from the observer's eyes to the lenticular display is observed as 500 mm, and a circle having a radius of 500 mm in a plane perpendicular to the direction in which the lenses of the lenticular display are arranged.
  • the angle ⁇ at which the A image and the B image overlap when the eyes are moved along the circle was obtained.
  • the smaller the angle ⁇ the better the display switching property, and the evaluation was made according to the following criteria.
  • Table 1 shows the evaluation results of each lenticular sheet.
  • the evaluation “-” of “adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer” means that the evaluation was not performed because the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer were integrated. .
  • Example 9 Using the same lenticular sheet 9 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 ⁇ m) as the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6, the ink image receiving layer of the lenticular sheet was changed in three languages: English, Japanese, and Chinese. A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing the lenticular image to be changed. The telephone number (excluding the country code) and the E-mail address are arranged so that they are displayed at the same position as common items in each country.
  • lenticular sheet 9 lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 ⁇ m
  • a lenticular business card was produced by offset printing the lenticular image to be changed.
  • the telephone number (excluding the country code) and the E-mail address are arranged so that they are displayed at the same position as common items in each country.
  • Example 10 Using the same lenticular sheet 10 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 ⁇ m) as the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6, on the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet, English, Japanese, A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing lenticular images that change (changing) in three Chinese languages. Phone numbers (excluding country codes) and e-mail addresses are common to each country, but they are arranged so that they are displayed at different positions on the display surface in each language.
  • the lenticular business card of Example 9 had a common afterimage feeling compared to the lenticular business card of Example 10. It was easy to distinguish.
  • Example 11 A lenticular sheet 11 produced in the same manner as the lenticular sheet 1 except that a 60 LPI lenticular lens layer was formed was used, and in the same manner as in Example 9, the English, Japanese, and Chinese 3 A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing of lenticular images that change in language.
  • the lenticular business card of Example 9 is clear even if the font size is 8 pt or less compared to the lenticular business card of Example 11. I was able to read it.
  • Example 12 White synthetic paper with an adhesive layer was attached to the opposite side (image side) of the convex lens of the lenticular business card produced in Example 9. As a result, the characters were not transparent, and the characters were easier to discriminate than in Example 9.
  • Example 13 Two lenticular sheets 13 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 ⁇ m) similar to the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6 were used, and the ink receiving layer of one lenticular sheet was Japanese, English, Chinese, and the other.
  • the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet is printed with text information in Korean, German, and Arabic, and the lenticular sheet is bonded to each side of a sheet of white synthetic paper, and each side switches to three different languages.
  • a lenticular business card was prepared. This makes it possible to handle business cards in six languages with a single business card.
  • Example 14 In the lenticular sheet 9 produced in Example 9, a lenticular sheet 12 produced in the same manner as the lenticular sheet 9 was used except that the lens pitch was changed to 254 ⁇ m (100 LPI). Using an inkjet printer UJF-6042, a lenticular business card was produced by printing lenticular images changing (changing) in three languages, English, Japanese and Chinese.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

A lenticular sheet having a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, an ink receiving layer provided on one side of the transparent resin substrate, and a lenticular lens layer provided on the other side of the transparent resin substrate, the ink receiving layer being formed on one side of the transparent resin substrate by stretching the transparent resin substrate unstretched or stretched in a first direction, a coating layer being formed on the transparent resin substrate by coating one side of the transparent resin substrate with a coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer; a method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet; and a lenticular display element.

Description

レンチキュラーシート、及びその製造方法、並びにレンチキュラー表示体Lenticular sheet, manufacturing method thereof, and lenticular display
　本開示は、レンチキュラーシート、及びその製造方法、並びにレンチキュラー表示体に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a lenticular sheet, a manufacturing method thereof, and a lenticular display body.
　従来、立体画像や、見る方向によって表示される絵の内容が切り替わる絵変わり表示画像を記録する記録シートとして、透明樹脂基板上に、レンチキュラーレンズ層及び被印刷層としてのインク受容層を有する記録シートが知られている。 2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a recording sheet having a lenticular lens layer and an ink receiving layer as a printing layer on a transparent resin substrate as a recording sheet for recording a three-dimensional image or a picture change display image in which the content of a picture displayed depending on the viewing direction is switched. It has been known.
　例えば、特開２００９－５８９６７号公報には、下記の印刷媒体が記載されている。
　即ち、矩形の基板の一方の面側の半分の面積にレンチキュラーレンズ層を有し、残りの半分の面積に第２の印刷面を有する一方、上記基板の他方の面側には、上記レンチキュラーレンズ層を有する半分の面積に対応する面積に接着層が形成されており、残りの半分の面積には、第１の印刷面を有する印刷媒体が記載されている。
　特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載されている印刷媒体は、以下の方法により立体画像を観察することができる葉書を作製することができると記載されている。
　第１の印刷面に視差画像を印刷し、第２の印刷面に宛名を書いたのち、レンチキュラーレンズ層と第２の印刷面とを外側にして二つ折りしてから、上記接着層を挟んで接着して葉書とする。作製された葉書は、レンチキュラーレンズ層を通して第１の印刷面に印刷された画像を立体画像として観察することができる。
　ここで、視差画像（「レンチキュラー画像」とも呼ばれる）とは、レンズシート下に２種以上の画像を含み、レンズシートを通して観察したときに、観察者の視点によって異なる画像が表示される画像である。 For example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2009-58967 describes the following print media.
That is, a lenticular lens layer is provided in a half area on one surface side of a rectangular substrate and a second printing surface is provided in the remaining half area, while the lenticular lens is provided on the other surface side of the substrate. An adhesive layer is formed in an area corresponding to a half area having the layers, and a print medium having a first printing surface is described in the remaining half area.
The print medium described in JP-A-2009-58967 describes that a postcard capable of observing a stereoscopic image can be produced by the following method.
After printing the parallax image on the first printing surface and writing the address on the second printing surface, fold it in half with the lenticular lens layer and the second printing surface outside, and then sandwich the adhesive layer Adhere to a postcard. The produced postcard can observe the image printed on the first printing surface through the lenticular lens layer as a stereoscopic image.
Here, the parallax image (also referred to as “lenticular image”) is an image that includes two or more types of images under the lens sheet and displays different images depending on the viewpoint of the observer when viewed through the lens sheet. .
　また、例えば特開２０１１－１４８２６６号公報には、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にレンチキュラーレンズ層を有し、透明樹脂基板のレンチキュラーレンズ層を有する側とは反対側の表面に、インク受容層を有するレンチキュラーシートが記載されている。特開２０１１－１４８２６６号公報には、透明樹脂基板の表面にレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成する前に、インク受容層を形成することで、レンチキュラーレンズの歪の発生が低減されると記載されている。 Further, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 has a lenticular lens layer on one surface side of a transparent resin substrate, and an ink receiving layer on the surface of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having the lenticular lens layer. A lenticular sheet is described. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 describes that by forming the ink receiving layer before forming the lenticular lens layer on the surface of the transparent resin substrate, the occurrence of distortion of the lenticular lens is reduced.
　特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載されている印刷媒体は、複雑な構成を有している。更に、特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載された印刷媒体を用いて作製された、立体画像が観察可能な葉書は、視差画像が形成された第一の印刷面と基板とが接着層を介して貼り合わせられるため、密着性が不十分な場合がある。
　特開２０１１－１４８２６６号公報に記載のレンチキュラーシートは、特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載されている印刷媒体に比べて、簡略な構成であるが、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性が不十分な場合がある。 The print medium described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-58967 has a complicated configuration. Further, a postcard that can be used for observing a stereoscopic image, which is produced using a printing medium described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-58967, has a first printed surface on which a parallax image is formed and a substrate through an adhesive layer. In some cases, adhesion may be insufficient.
The lenticular sheet described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-148266 has a simple configuration as compared with the print medium described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-58967, but the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer. May be insufficient.
　従って、本発明は、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れるレンチキュラーシート、及びその製造方法、並びにレンチキュラー表示体を提供することを課題とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer, a method for producing the same, and a lenticular display.
　上記の課題を解決する本発明には、以下の実施態様が含まれる。
＜１＞　少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板と、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に設けられたインク受容層と、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有し、インク受容層は、一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により塗布層が形成された、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板を延伸することにより、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に形成されている、レンチキュラーシート。
＜２＞　インク受容層が、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂、並びに架橋剤を含有する＜１＞に記載のレンチキュラーシート。
＜３＞　架橋剤が、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、及びイソシアネート化合物から選択される少なくとも一つの架橋剤である＜２＞に記載のレンチキュラーシート。
＜４＞　透明樹脂基板とレンチキュラーレンズ層との間に、更に、樹脂を含む中間層を有する＜１＞～＜３＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラーシート。
＜５＞　少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板が、二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムであり、インク受容層は、インク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により塗布層が形成された、第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板を、第一の方向と直交する第二の方向に延伸することにより形成されている＜１＞～＜４＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラーシート。
＜６＞　レンチキュラーレンズ層は、２５７μｍ以下の間隔で配置された複数のレンズを有する＜１＞～＜５＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラーシート。
＜７＞　レンチキュラーシートの厚みが、３０μｍ以上４００μｍ以下である＜１＞～＜６＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The present invention for solving the above-described problems includes the following embodiments.
<1> A transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, an ink receiving layer provided on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate, and a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, The ink-receiving layer has a non-stretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in which the coating layer is formed by applying the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid on one surface side, A lenticular sheet formed on one surface side of a transparent resin substrate.
<2> The lenticular sheet according to <1>, wherein the ink receiving layer contains at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent.
<3> The lenticular sheet according to <2>, wherein the crosslinking agent is at least one crosslinking agent selected from an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an isocyanate compound.
<4> The lenticular sheet according to any one of <1> to <3>, further including an intermediate layer containing a resin between the transparent resin substrate and the lenticular lens layer.
<5> The first direction in which the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction is a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, and the ink receiving layer is formed by applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer. The lenticular sheet according to any one of <1> to <4>, which is formed by stretching a transparent resin substrate stretched in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction.
<6> The lenticular sheet according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the lenticular lens layer has a plurality of lenses arranged at intervals of 257 μm or less.
<7> The lenticular sheet according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the lenticular sheet has a thickness of 30 μm to 400 μm.
＜８＞　未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して透明樹脂基板と塗布層との積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、積層体延伸工程で少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、を含むレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。
＜９＞　未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板と透明樹脂基板の両面に塗布層を有する積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成し、かつ少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、積層体延伸工程で少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に形成された中間層の上に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、を含む＜８＞に記載のレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。
＜１０＞　積層体形成工程における透明樹脂基板は、第一の方向に延伸された一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムであり、積層体延伸工程における延伸方向は、一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムにおける第一の方向と直交する第二の方向である＜８＞又は＜９＞に記載のレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。 <8> Laminate formation in which a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate that has not been stretched or stretched in the first direction to form a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer A layered body stretching step for stretching the layered body to form an ink receiving layer on one side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, and a layered body stretching step for stretching in at least one direction. A lenticular sheet manufacturing method comprising: a lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on a side of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having an ink receiving layer.
<9> An ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to one side of a transparent resin substrate that has not been stretched or stretched in the first direction, and an intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other side of the transparent resin substrate. A laminated body forming step of applying and forming a transparent resin substrate and a laminate having a coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate; and one surface side of the transparent resin substrate drawn in at least one direction by stretching the laminate A laminated body stretching step in which an ink receiving layer is formed and an intermediate layer is formed on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, and a transparent resin stretched in at least one direction in the laminated body stretching step The method for producing a lenticular sheet according to <8>, further comprising a lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on an intermediate layer formed on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the substrate.
<10> The transparent resin substrate in the laminate forming step is a uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film stretched in the first direction, and the stretching direction in the laminate stretching step is orthogonal to the first direction in the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film. The manufacturing method of the lenticular sheet as described in <8> or <9> which is a 2nd direction to do.
＜１１＞　透明樹脂基板と、透明樹脂基板の一方の面に接して設けられた第１インク受容層と、第１インク受容層の透明樹脂基板側とは反対側に設けられた第２インク受容層と、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有し、
　第１インク受容層は、透明樹脂基板に対する密着性が、第２インク受容層の透明樹脂基板に対する密着性よりも高い層であり、第２インク受容層は、インクに対する密着性が、第１インク受容層のインクに対する密着性よりも高い層である、レンチキュラーシート。
＜１２＞　第１インク受容層及び第２インク受容層が、それぞれ独立して、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂、並びに架橋剤を含有する＜１１＞に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 <11> A transparent resin substrate, a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate, and a second ink receiving provided on the opposite side of the first ink receiving layer from the transparent resin substrate side. And a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate,
The first ink receiving layer has a higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer to the transparent resin substrate, and the second ink receiving layer has an adhesion to the ink of the first ink. A lenticular sheet which is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink of the receiving layer.
<12> The lenticular according to <11>, wherein the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer each independently contain at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent. Sheet.
＜１３＞　＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層の表面、又は、＜１１＞若しくは＜１２＞に記載のレンチキュラーシートの第２インク受容層の表面に、レンチキュラーレンズ層のレンズの配列方向に配列された２種以上の視差画像を含む画像層が設けられているレンチキュラー表示体。
＜１４＞　画像層が、２種以上の表示用視差画像と、隣接する表示用視差画像の間に隣接する表示用視差画像に共通する部分から形成された共通画像と、を含む＜１３＞に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜１５＞　画像層を保護する保護層が設けられている＜１３＞又は＜１４＞に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 <13> The surface of the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to any one of <1> to <7>, or the surface of the second ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to <11> or <12>. A lenticular display body provided with an image layer including two or more kinds of parallax images arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer.
<14> The image layer includes two or more types of display parallax images and a common image formed from a portion common to adjacent display parallax images between adjacent display parallax images. The lenticular display described.
<15> The lenticular display according to <13> or <14>, wherein a protective layer for protecting the image layer is provided.
＜１６＞　画像層に含まれる２種以上の表示用視差画像が、複数の言語でそれぞれ独立して表示させるための文字情報を含み、
　レンチキュラーレンズ層を介して画像層を観察したときに、観察角度によって文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる＜１３＞～＜１５＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜１７＞　名刺である＜１６＞に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜１８＞　文字情報が、観察角度によって３つ以上の言語に切り替わる＜１６＞又は＜１７＞に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜１９＞　画像層は、複数の言語のうち少なくとも２つの言語間で共通する共通事項を含み、観察角度を変化させたときに、共通事項は、共通事項を含む少なくとも２つの言語間で同じ位置に表示される＜１６＞～＜１８＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜２０＞　レンチキュラーレンズ層及び画像層を両面に有し、両面において、それぞれ観察角度によって文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる＜１６＞～＜１９＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜２１＞　画像層が設けられている面に紙を貼り合わせた＜１３＞～＜２０＞のいずれか一つに記載のレンチキュラー表示体。
＜２２＞　レンチキュラーレンズ層及び画像層を両面に有し、観察角度によって、一方の面の画像層が第１言語～第３言語の３つの言語に切り替わる文字情報を含み、他方の面の画像層が第１言語～第３言語とはそれぞれ異なる第４言語～第６言語の３つの言語に切り替わる文字情報を含む＜２０＞又は＜２１＞に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 <16> Two or more types of display parallax images included in the image layer include character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages,
The lenticular display according to any one of <13> to <15>, wherein a language for displaying character information is switched depending on an observation angle when the image layer is observed through the lenticular lens layer.
<17> The lenticular display according to <16>, which is a business card.
<18> The lenticular display according to <16> or <17>, wherein the character information is switched to three or more languages depending on the observation angle.
<19> The image layer includes common items common to at least two languages among the plurality of languages, and when the observation angle is changed, the common items are located at the same position between at least two languages including the common items. The lenticular display according to any one of <16> to <18>, which is displayed on the screen.
<20> The lenticular display according to any one of <16> to <19>, wherein the lenticular lens layer and the image layer are provided on both sides, and the language for displaying the character information is switched on each side depending on the observation angle.
<21> The lenticular display according to any one of <13> to <20>, wherein paper is bonded to the surface on which the image layer is provided.
<22> A lenticular lens layer and an image layer are provided on both sides, and the image layer on one side includes character information for switching between three languages of the first language to the third language depending on the viewing angle, and the image layer on the other side The lenticular display according to <20> or <21>, including character information for switching to three languages of a fourth language to a sixth language different from the first language to the third language.
　本発明によれば、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れるレンチキュラーシート、及びレンチキュラーシートの製造方法、並びにレンチキュラー表示体が提供される。 According to the present invention, a lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between a transparent resin substrate and an ink receiving layer, a method for producing the lenticular sheet, and a lenticular display are provided.
本開示の第１実施態様に係るレンチキュラーシートの一例を示す模式的断面図である。It is a typical sectional view showing an example of a lenticular sheet concerning the 1st embodiment of this indication. 本開示の第２実施態様に係るレンチキュラーシートの一例を示す模式的断面図である。It is a typical sectional view showing an example of a lenticular sheet concerning a 2nd embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例として観察角度によって３つの言語に切り替わる名刺の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the business card which switches to three languages by an observation angle as an example of the lenticular display body which concerns on embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体において１つのレンズ下に配置されている画像列の配列の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the arrangement | sequence of the image sequence arrange | positioned under one lens in the lenticular display body which concerns on embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体におけるレンチキュラーレンズの配置の一例を示す概略図である。It is a schematic diagram showing an example of arrangement of a lenticular lens in a lenticular display object concerning an embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の観察角度の変化の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the change of the observation angle of the lenticular display body which concerns on embodiment of this indication. 日本語表示と英語表示の切り替えが可能な名刺において共通事項を同じ位置に配置した一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example which has arrange | positioned the common matter in the same position in the business card which can switch between Japanese display and English display. 本開示の実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例を示す模式的断面図である。It is a typical sectional view showing an example of a lenticular display object concerning an embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施例及び比較例で作製したレンチキュラー表示体について行なった表示切替性の評価を説明する概略図である。It is the schematic explaining the evaluation of the display switchability performed about the lenticular display body produced in the Example and comparative example of this indication.
　以下、本発明の実施態様について詳細に説明する。但し、本発明は以下に説明する実施態様に限定されない。
　以下の本明細書の記載において、「（メタ）アクリレート」とは、「アクリレート」及び「メタクリレート」の両者を包括的に含むことを意味する。「（メタ）アクリル」とは、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」の両者を包括的に含むことを意味する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described below.
In the following description of the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” means comprehensively including both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”. “(Meth) acryl” means to comprehensively include both “acryl” and “methacryl”.
－第１実施形態－
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板と、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に設けられたインク受容層と、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有している。
　ここで、「透明樹脂基板」の「透明」とは、少なくとも可視領域の光（４００ｎｍ以上７００ｎｍの波長）に対する光透過率が７０％以上であることを意味する。
　レンチキュラーレンズ層とは、表面に円筒形状の凸状レンズ（以下、単に「レンズ」と記す場合がある。）を多数並列配置したレンズ層である。
　本開示において、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板とインク受容層とは、一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により塗布層が形成された、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板を延伸することにより製造される。
　即ち、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して、透明樹脂基板と塗布層とを有する未延伸積層体が、先ず調製される。次に、調製された未延伸積層体が延伸されて、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板とインク受容層とを有する延伸積層体が製造される。
　製造された延伸積層体における透明樹脂基板の、インク受容層を有する側とは反対側には、レンチキュラーレンズ層が形成されて、本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートが得られる。 -First embodiment-
The lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, an ink receiving layer provided on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate, and the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate. And a lenticular lens layer.
Here, “transparent” in the “transparent resin substrate” means that the light transmittance at least with respect to light in the visible region (wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm) is 70% or more.
The lenticular lens layer is a lens layer in which a large number of cylindrical convex lenses (hereinafter simply referred to as “lenses”) are arranged in parallel on the surface.
In the present disclosure, the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer that are stretched in at least one direction are unstretched or in the first direction in which the coating layer is formed on one surface side by applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer. It is manufactured by stretching a transparent resin substrate that has been stretched in a straight line.
That is, an unstretched laminate having a transparent resin substrate and a coating layer is first applied by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink-receiving layer to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate unstretched or stretched in a first direction. Prepared. Next, the prepared unstretched laminate is stretched to produce a stretched laminate having a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction and an ink receiving layer.
A lenticular lens layer is formed on the side of the manufactured stretched laminate opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate, and the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is obtained.
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートが、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れる理由は、以下の通りと推察される。
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、上記の通り、延伸積層体を含んでいる。
　しかし、特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載されている印刷媒体、又は特開２０１１－１４８２６６号公報に記載されているレンチキュラーシートにおいては、透明樹脂基板の表面に、視差画像を印刷等により形成するためのインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との積層体が調製される。特開２００９－５８９６７号公報に記載されている印刷媒体、又は特開２０１１－１４８２６６号公報に記載されているレンチキュラーシートにおいては、調製された積層体、即ち、未延伸積層体が用いられている。
　上記のとおり、本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、延伸積層体を含んでいるため、従来のレンチキュラーシートに比べて、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れるレンチキュラーシートが得られる。 The reason why the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is excellent in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer is presumed as follows.
The lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes the stretched laminate as described above.
However, in the printing medium described in JP2009-58967A or the lenticular sheet described in JP2011-148266A, a parallax image is formed on the surface of the transparent resin substrate by printing or the like. Thus, a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer is prepared by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer. In the printing medium described in JP2009-58967A or the lenticular sheet described in JP2011-148266A, a prepared laminate, that is, an unstretched laminate is used. .
As described above, since the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes the stretched laminate, the lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer compared to the conventional lenticular sheet is provided. can get.
　透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性は、レンチキュラーシートの厚みが、４００μｍ以下、３５０μｍ以下、更には２００μｍ以下の薄厚の範囲にあるほど低下する傾向にある。
　しかし、本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートによれば、レンチキュラーシートの厚みが、薄厚の範囲にある場合においても、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れた性能を有する。
　更に、本開示によるレンチキュラーシートの製造方法によれば、厚みの薄い延伸積層体を容易に製造することができるという利点が得られる。 The adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer tends to decrease as the thickness of the lenticular sheet is in the range of 400 μm or less, 350 μm or less, and further 200 μm or less.
However, according to the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure, even when the thickness of the lenticular sheet is in a thin range, the lenticular sheet has excellent performance in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer.
Furthermore, according to the method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure, an advantage that a stretched laminate having a small thickness can be easily manufactured is obtained.
　本開示の好ましい第１実施態様に係るレンチキュラーシートは、図１の模式的断面図に示されるとおり、延伸積層体２４と、レンチキュラーレンズ層３２と、中間層３４とを有する。
　延伸積層体２４は、透明樹脂基板１２とインク受容層２２とを含む。延伸積層体２４は、既述のとおり、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に、インク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して、透明樹脂基板と塗布層との未延伸積層体を調製し、次いで、未延伸積層体を延伸することにより調製される。従って、延伸積層体２４に含まれる透明樹脂基板１２とインク受容層２２とは、同時に延伸されていることになる。 The lenticular sheet according to the first preferred embodiment of the present disclosure includes a stretched laminate 24, a lenticular lens layer 32, and an intermediate layer 34, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG.
The stretched laminate 24 includes a transparent resin substrate 12 and an ink receiving layer 22. As described above, the stretched laminate 24 is prepared by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate to prepare an unstretched laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer, It is prepared by stretching an unstretched laminate. Therefore, the transparent resin substrate 12 and the ink receiving layer 22 included in the stretched laminate 24 are stretched simultaneously.
＜未延伸積層体＞
　未延伸積層体は、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して塗布層を設けること（以下、「積層体形成工程」ともいう。）により調製される。 <Unstretched laminate>
An unstretched laminate is a non-stretched or first layer of a transparent resin substrate that is stretched in the first direction by applying a coating solution for forming an ink-receiving layer (hereinafter referred to as “laminate forming step”). ").
［未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板］
　未延伸積層体に使用される未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の素材としての樹脂は、可視領域の光に透明であり、且つ、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成する際に受ける加熱温度に耐える樹脂であることが好ましい。好適な樹脂としては、例えば、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル、全芳香族ポリアミド等を挙げることができる。特に、平滑性に優れる透明樹脂基板を容易に製膜することができるという点から、ポリエチレンテレフタレートが好ましい。
　未延伸積層体に使用される未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板は、上記のような樹脂を溶融押出しすること、さらに必要に応じて延伸すること等により製膜して製造される。未延伸積層体に使用される透明樹脂基板は、一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートが特に好ましい。 [Transparent resin substrate unstretched or stretched in the first direction]
The resin as the raw material of the unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate used in the unstretched laminate is transparent to light in the visible region, and is heated when forming the lenticular lens layer A resin that can withstand temperature is preferable. Suitable resins include, for example, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, wholly aromatic polyamides, and the like. In particular, polyethylene terephthalate is preferable because a transparent resin substrate having excellent smoothness can be easily formed into a film.
The unstretched or first-stretched transparent resin substrate used in the unstretched laminate is manufactured by forming a film by melt-extrusion of the resin as described above, and further stretching as necessary. Is done. The transparent resin substrate used for the unstretched laminate is particularly preferably uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate.
　未延伸積層体に使用される透明樹脂基板の厚みは、延伸積層体を作製する際の延伸倍率に応じて決定される。具体的な範囲を例示すると、例えば２５μｍ以上２５０μｍ以下の範囲が好適であり、より好ましくは５０μｍ以上２５０μｍ以下、特に好ましくは１００μｍ以上２５０μｍ以下の範囲である。 The thickness of the transparent resin substrate used for the unstretched laminate is determined according to the stretch ratio when producing the stretched laminate. As a specific range, for example, a range of 25 μm to 250 μm is suitable, a range of 50 μm to 250 μm is more preferable, and a range of 100 μm to 250 μm is particularly preferable.
［塗布層］
　上記の未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側には、インク受容層形成用塗布液が塗布されて塗布層が形成され、未延伸積層体が調製される。
　インク受容層形成用塗布液が塗布される透明樹脂基板の被塗布面側の表面は、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との接着力をより高めるために、予めコロナ放電処理等を施しておいてもよい。 [Coating layer]
On one surface side of the unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in the first direction, an ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to form a coating layer, whereby an unstretched laminate is prepared.
The surface on the coated surface side of the transparent resin substrate to which the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer is applied is subjected to a corona discharge treatment or the like in advance in order to further increase the adhesive force between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer. Also good.
［インク受容層形成用塗布液］
　インク受容層形成用塗布液は、インク受容層を形成する固形分と、塗布溶媒とを含む。　インク受容層は、樹脂を含むことが好ましく、樹脂の少なくとも一部は架橋剤で架橋されていることが好ましい。従って、インク受容層形成用塗布液に含まれる固形分としては、樹脂及び架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
　上記の樹脂は、好ましくは、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂であることが、特にオフセット印刷により視差画像を形成する場合に有利である。
　以下、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂について説明する。 [Ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution]
The ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a solid content for forming the ink receiving layer and a coating solvent. The ink receiving layer preferably contains a resin, and at least a part of the resin is preferably crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. Therefore, it is preferable that the solid content contained in the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a resin and a crosslinking agent.
The above resin is preferably at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and is particularly advantageous when a parallax image is formed by offset printing.
Hereinafter, polyester, acrylic resin, and urethane resin will be described.
（ポリエステル）
　ポリエステルの主な構成成分は、例えば、下記のような多価カルボン酸および多価ヒドロキシ化合物である。多価カルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、オルトフタル酸、フタル酸、４，４’－ジフェニルジカルボン酸、２，５－ナフタレンジカルボン酸、１，５－ナフタレンジカルボン酸、２，６－ナフタレンジカルボン酸、２，７－ナフタレンジカルボン酸、１，４－シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸、２－ソジウムスルホテレフタル酸、２－カリウムスルホテレフタル酸、４－ソジウムスルホイソフタル酸、４－カリウムスルホイソフタル酸、５－ソジウムスルホイソフタル酸、５－カリウムスルホイソフタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸、グルタル酸、コハク酸、トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、無水フタル酸、ｐ－ヒドロキシ安息香酸、トリメリット酸モノカリウム塩およびそれらのエステル形成性誘導体等を用いることができる。多価ヒドロキシ化合物としては、エチレングリコール、１，２－プロピレングリコール、１，３－プロピレングリコール、１，３－プロパンジオール、１，４－ブタンジオール、１，６－ヘキサンジオール、２－メチル－１，５－ペンタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、１，４－シクロヘキサンジメタノール、ｐ－キシリレングリコール、ビスフェノールＡ－エチレングリコール付加物、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレンオキシドグリコール、ジメチロールプロピオン酸、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジメチロールエチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、ジメチロールエチルスルホン酸カリウム、ジメチロールプロピオン酸カリウム等を用いることができる。これらの化合物の中から、それぞれ適宜一つ以上を選択し、常法の重縮合反応によりポリエステルを合成すればよい。 (polyester)
The main components of polyester are, for example, the following polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyvalent hydroxy compounds. Examples of the polyvalent carboxylic acid include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. Acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-sodium sulfoterephthalic acid, 2-potassium sulfoterephthalic acid, 4-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5- Sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, glutaric acid, succinic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic anhydride, pyrone anhydride Merit acid, phthalic anhydride, p-hydroxybenzoate Perfume acid, trimellitic acid monopotassium salt and ester-forming derivatives thereof can be used. Examples of the polyvalent hydroxy compound include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1 , 5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, p-xylylene glycol, bisphenol A-ethylene glycol adduct, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, poly Tetramethylene oxide glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, sodium dimethylolethylsulfonate, potassium dimethylolethylsulfonate, dimethylo Potassium Rupuropion acid can be used. One or more of these compounds may be selected as appropriate, and a polyester may be synthesized by a conventional polycondensation reaction.
　ポリエステルの数平均分子量としては、５０００以上が好ましく、８０００以上がより好ましく、１００００以上が更に好ましい。ポリエステルの数平均分子量を上記の範囲とすることで、レンチキュラーシートにける透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性が良化する。
　インク受容層に占めるポリエステルの含有率は、１０質量％以上８０質量％以下であることが好ましく、１５質量％以上７５質量％以下であることがより好ましく、３０質量％以上６５質量％以下であることがさらに好ましい。ポリエステルの含有率を上記範囲内とすることにより、レンチキュラーシートにおける透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性を高めることができる。 The number average molecular weight of the polyester is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 8000 or more, and still more preferably 10,000 or more. By setting the number average molecular weight of the polyester in the above range, the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer in the lenticular sheet is improved.
The polyester content in the ink receiving layer is preferably 10% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less. More preferably. By setting the polyester content in the above range, the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer in the lenticular sheet can be enhanced.
　インク受容層に含まれるポリエステルは、ガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満であることが好ましい。なお、インク受容層に含まれるポリエステルは、全てがガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満であることがより好ましい。更に、インク受容層に含まれるポリエステルは、ナフタレン環を含む共重合ポリエステルであることが好ましい。インク受容層に含まれる樹脂が共重合ポリエステルであることにより、透明樹脂基板との密着性に優れるインク受容層が容易に得られる。更に、インク受容層に含まれる共重合ポリエステルのガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満であることにより、インク受容層の表面に形成される視差画像を印刷するために使用される、例えばオフセット印刷用インクとの密着性に優れるインク受容層が形成される。インク受容層に含まれる共重合ポリエステルのガラス転移温度Ｔｇは、密着性の観点から、５０℃以下であることがより好ましい。 The polyester contained in the ink receiving layer preferably has a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. In addition, it is more preferable that all the polyesters contained in the ink receiving layer have a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. Furthermore, the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably a copolyester containing a naphthalene ring. When the resin contained in the ink receiving layer is a copolymerized polyester, an ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the transparent resin substrate can be easily obtained. Further, the glass transition temperature Tg of the copolyester contained in the ink receiving layer is less than 60 ° C., so that, for example, ink for offset printing is used to print a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer. An ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the ink is formed. The glass transition temperature Tg of the copolyester contained in the ink receiving layer is more preferably 50 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of adhesion.
　インク受容層に含まれる共重合ポリエステルは、２種類以上のポリエステルの混合物でもよい。混合物の場合には、ガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満のポリエステルを混ぜることが、インク受容層の表面に形成される視差画像を印刷するために使用される、例えばオフセット印刷用インクとの密着性に優れるインク受容層が得られるので好ましい。インク受容層に含まれる共重合ポリエステルにおけるガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満のポリエステルの濃度は、９０質量％以上であることが好ましく、９５質量％以上であることがより好ましい。 The copolymerized polyester contained in the ink receiving layer may be a mixture of two or more kinds of polyesters. In the case of a mixture, mixing with a polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. is used to print a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer, for example, adhesion to ink for offset printing This is preferable because an ink receiving layer excellent in the above can be obtained. The concentration of the polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. in the copolymerized polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably 90% by mass or more, and more preferably 95% by mass or more.
　インク受容層に含まれる共重合ポリエステルとして、ナフタレン環を含有する化合物を用いることで、インク受容層の表面においてオリゴマーの析出を防止することができる。オリゴマーの析出が防止される理由は、透明樹脂基板からのオリゴマー成分とナフタレン環を含有する共重合ポリエステルの相溶性が高いことに起因すると推定される。 By using a compound containing a naphthalene ring as the copolyester contained in the ink receiving layer, oligomer precipitation on the surface of the ink receiving layer can be prevented. The reason why oligomer precipitation is prevented is presumed to be due to the high compatibility of the copolymerized polyester containing the oligomer component and naphthalene ring from the transparent resin substrate.
　なお、インク受容層に含まれるポリエステルのガラス転移温度Ｔｇは、－２０℃以上であることが好ましい。インク受容層に含まれるポリエステルのガラス転移温度Ｔｇは、－２０℃以上６０℃以下であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは、－１０℃以上５０℃以下である。
　ガラス転移温度Ｔｇの測定は、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ　７１２１（１９８７）に準拠して行われる。 The glass transition temperature Tg of the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably −20 ° C. or higher. The glass transition temperature Tg of the polyester contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably −20 ° C. or higher and 60 ° C. or lower, more preferably −10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
The glass transition temperature Tg is measured according to JIS K 7121 (1987).
　ナフタレン環を有する共重合ポリエステルは、ナフタレン環を有さない共重合ポリエステルに比べて、ガラス転移温度Ｔｇが高い傾向にある。したがって、ナフタレン環を含む共重合ポリエステルのうち、ガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満のポリエステルは、下記のジカルボン酸とジオールとを共重合成分として含む共重合ポリエステルであることが好ましい。 A copolymer polyester having a naphthalene ring tends to have a higher glass transition temperature Tg than a copolymer polyester having no naphthalene ring. Therefore, among the copolyesters containing a naphthalene ring, the polyester having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. is preferably a copolyester containing the following dicarboxylic acid and diol as copolymerization components.
（ジカルボン酸）
　ジカルボン酸由来の構成単位として、２，６－ナフタレンジカルボン酸由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。また、ナフタレン環を含む共重合ポリエステルのうち、ガラス転移温度Ｔｇが６０℃未満の共重合ポリエステルは、ジカルボン酸の構成単位として、下記の式（１）に示されるジカルボン酸や、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸等に由来する構成単位として有していてもよい。
　式（１）　ＨＯＯＣ－（ＣＨ２）ｎ－ＣＯＯＨ　（式中、ｎは、４以上１０以下の自然数を表す。） (Dicarboxylic acid)
As the structural unit derived from dicarboxylic acid, it is preferable to have a structural unit derived from 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. Among the copolyesters containing naphthalene rings, copolyesters having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 60 ° C. are dicarboxylic acids represented by the following formula (1), terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid as structural units of dicarboxylic acids. You may have as a structural unit derived from an acid etc.
Formula (1) HOOC- (CH 2 ) n-COOH (wherein n represents a natural number of 4 or more and 10 or less)
　ナフタレン環を含む共重合ポリエステルの全てのジカルボン酸由来の構成単位に対し、２，６－ナフタレンジカルボン酸由来の構成単位が占める割合Ｘは、３０質量％以上９０質量％以下であることが、透明樹脂基板との密着性に優れるインク受容層が得られるので好ましい。割合Ｘは、４０質量％以上８０質量％以下がより好ましく、５０質量％以上７５質量％以下がさらに好ましい。 The ratio X of the structural units derived from 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid to all the structural units derived from dicarboxylic acid of the copolyester containing a naphthalene ring is preferably 30% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. This is preferable because an ink receiving layer having excellent adhesion to the resin substrate can be obtained. The ratio X is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 50% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less.
　割合Ｘが上述の範囲となるような共重合ポリエステルを得るためには、共重合ポリエステルを調製するためのジカルボン酸のうち、ナフタレン環を含むジカルボン酸が占める割合は、割合Ｘと同様に、３０質量％以上９０質量％以下が好ましい。なお、共重合ポリエステルをつくるためのジカルボン酸のうち、ナフタレン環を含むジカルボン酸が占める割合は、４０質量％以上８０質量％以下がより好ましく、５０質量％以上７５質量％以下がさらに好ましい。 In order to obtain a copolyester in which the ratio X falls within the above range, the ratio of the dicarboxylic acid containing a naphthalene ring in the dicarboxylic acid for preparing the copolyester is 30 as in the ratio X. The mass is preferably 90% by mass or more. In addition, the ratio for which the dicarboxylic acid containing a naphthalene ring accounts for dicarboxylic acid for making copolyester is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 50% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less.
（ジオール）
　共重合ポリエステル中のジオール由来の構成単位（以下、「ジオール構成単位」ともいう。）としては、共重合ポリエステルのガラス転移温度Ｔｇが低くなるジオール構成単位が好ましい。好ましいジオール構成単位としては、例えば、下記の式（２）に示されるジオールのほか、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のジオールに由来するジオール構成単位等が挙げられる。
　式（２）　ＨＯ－（ＣＨ２）ｍ－ＯＨ　（式中、ｍは、４以上１０以下の自然数を表す。） (Diol)
As the structural unit derived from the diol in the copolymerized polyester (hereinafter also referred to as “diol structural unit”), a diol structural unit that lowers the glass transition temperature Tg of the copolymerized polyester is preferable. Examples of preferable diol structural units include diol structural units derived from diols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethylene glycol, in addition to the diol represented by the following formula (2).
Formula (2) HO— (CH 2 ) m—OH (wherein m represents a natural number of 4 or more and 10 or less)
　共重合ポリエステルに含まれる全てのジオール構成単位に対し、式（２）のジオールに由来する構成単位が占める割合Ｙは、１０質量％以上９５質量％以下が、視差画像を形成するインクとの接着力に優れるインク受容層が得られるので好ましい。割合Ｙは、２０質量％以上９０質量％以下がより好ましく、３０質量％以上８５質量％以下がさらに好ましい。 The proportion Y of the structural unit derived from the diol represented by the formula (2) with respect to all the diol structural units contained in the copolyester is 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less. It is preferable because an ink receiving layer having excellent strength can be obtained. The ratio Y is more preferably 20% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less.
　割合Ｙが上述の範囲となるような共重合ポリエステルをつくるためには、共重合ポリエステルをつくるためのジオールのうち、式（２）のジオールが占める割合は、割合Ｙと同様に、１０質量％以上９５質量％以下が好ましい。なお、共重合ポリエステルをつくるためのジオールのうち、式（２）のジオールが占める割合は、２０質量％以上９０質量％以下がより好ましく、３０質量％以上８５質量％以下がさらに好ましい。 In order to make a copolymer polyester in which the ratio Y is in the above-mentioned range, the ratio of the diol of the formula (2) in the diol for making the copolymer polyester is 10% by mass as in the ratio Y. The content is preferably 95% by mass or less. In addition, the ratio for which the diol of Formula (2) accounts among the diol for making copolyester has more preferable 20 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less, and 30 mass% or more and 85 mass% or less are more preferable.
　本開示に用い得るポリエステルは、例えば、プラスコートＺ５９２、６８７等の市販品（互応化学（株）製）としても入手可能である。 The polyester that can be used in the present disclosure is also available as a commercial product (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) such as Plus Coat Z592, 687.
＜アクリル樹脂＞
　アクリル樹脂とは、アクリル系、メタアクリル系のモノマーに代表されるような、炭素－炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーからなる重合体である。アクリル樹脂は、単独重合体あるいは共重合体いずれでも差し支えない。アクリル樹脂は、他のポリマー（例えばポリエステル、ポリウレタン等）との共重合体も含まれる。例えば、ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体である。あるいは、ポリエステル溶液、又はポリエステル分散液中で炭素－炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー（場合によってはポリマーの混合物）も含まれる。同様にポリウレタン溶液、ポリウレタン分散液中で炭素－炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー（場合によってはポリマーの混合物）も含まれる。同様にして他のポリマー溶液、又は分散液中で炭素－炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー（場合によってはポリマー混合物）も含まれる。 <Acrylic resin>
The acrylic resin is a polymer composed of a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond, as typified by acrylic and methacrylic monomers. The acrylic resin can be either a homopolymer or a copolymer. Acrylic resins also include copolymers with other polymers (eg, polyester, polyurethane, etc.). For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer. Alternatively, a polymer (possibly a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included. Similarly, a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyurethane solution or polyurethane dispersion is also included. Similarly, a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included.
　上記炭素－炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーとしては、特に限定はしないが、特に代表的な化合物としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸のようなカルボキシル基を有する重合性モノマー類、およびカルボキシル基が塩を形成している重合性モノマー；２－ヒドロキシエチル（メタ）アクリレート、２－ヒドロキシプロピル（メタ）アクリレート、４－ヒドロキシブチル（メタ）アクリレート、モノブチルヒドロキルフマレート、モノブチルヒドロキシイタコネートのような各種の水酸基含有モノマー類；メチル（メタ）アクリレート、エチル（メタ）アクリレート、プロピル（メタ）アクリレート、ブチル（メタ）アクリレート、ラウリル（メタ）アクリレートのような各種の（メタ）アクリル酸エステル類；（メタ）アクリルアミド、ジアセトンアクリルアミド、Ｎ－メチロールアクリルアミド又は（メタ）アクリロニトリル等のような種々の窒素含有化合物；スチレン、α－メチルスチレン、ジビニルベンゼン、ビニルトルエンのような各種スチレン誘導体、プロピオン酸ビニルのような各種のビニルエステル類；γ－メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン等のような種々の珪素含有重合性モノマー類；燐含有ビニル系モノマー類；塩化ビニル、塩化ビリデンのような各種のハロゲン化ビニル類；ブタジエンのような各種共役ジエン類が挙げられる。 The polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, but particularly representative compounds include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, citracone Polymerizable monomers having a carboxyl group such as an acid, and polymerizable monomers having a carboxyl group forming a salt; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl ( Various hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as (meth) acrylate, monobutyl hydroxyl fumarate, monobutyl hydroxy itaconate; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, Lauryl (meth) acrylate Various (meth) acrylic esters such as: various nitrogen-containing compounds such as (meth) acrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide or (meth) acrylonitrile; styrene, α-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene, Various styrene derivatives such as vinyltoluene, various vinyl esters such as vinyl propionate; various silicon-containing polymerizable monomers such as γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, etc .; phosphorus-containing vinyl System monomers; various vinyl halides such as vinyl chloride and biridene chloride; various conjugated dienes such as butadiene.
（ウレタン樹脂）
　インク受容層に含まれるウレタン樹脂は、主鎖にウレタン結合を有するポリマーの総称であり、通常ポリイソシアネートとポリオールとの反応によって得られる。
　ポリイソシアネートとしては、トリレンジイソシアネート（ＴＤＩ）、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート（ＭＤＩ）、ナフタレンジイソシアネート（ＮＤＩ）、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート（ＨＤＩ）、イソホロンジイソシアネート（ＩＰＤＩ）等が挙げられる。更に、ポリイソシアネートとしては、ポリイソシアネートとポリオールの反応によって得られたポリウレタンポリマーに鎖延長処理をして分子量を増大させた、末端にイソシアネート基を有するポリマーも挙げられる。
　ポリオールとしては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン、ヘキサントリオール等が挙げられる。
　以上に述べたポリイソシアネート、ポリオール、及び鎖延長処理については、例えば「ポリウレタンハンドブック」（岩田敬治編、日刊工業新聞社、昭和６２年発行）において記載されている。なお、インク受容層に含まれるウレタン樹脂は、１種、又は２種以上のウレタン樹脂であってもよい。 (Urethane resin)
The urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer is a general term for polymers having a urethane bond in the main chain, and is usually obtained by reaction of polyisocyanate and polyol.
Examples of the polyisocyanate include tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and the like. Furthermore, examples of the polyisocyanate include a polymer having an isocyanate group at a terminal, which is obtained by subjecting a polyurethane polymer obtained by the reaction of a polyisocyanate and a polyol to chain extension treatment to increase the molecular weight.
Examples of the polyol include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, hexanetriol and the like.
The polyisocyanate, polyol, and chain extension treatment described above are described in, for example, “Polyurethane Handbook” (edited by Keiji Iwata, Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun, published in 1987). The urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer may be one type or two or more types of urethane resins.
　インク受容層に含まれるウレタン樹脂は、－４０℃以上５０℃以下のガラス転移温度Ｔｇを有することが好ましく、－２０℃以上４０℃以下のＴｇを有することがより好ましい。インク受容層に含まれるウレタン樹脂のガラス転移温度Ｔｇを上記の範囲とすることにより、例えば、視差画像を形成するインクとして紫外線硬化型のインク組成物を使用した場合に、インク受容層との密着性に優れる視差画像が容易に形成されるので好ましい。 The urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer preferably has a glass transition temperature Tg of −40 ° C. or more and 50 ° C. or less, and more preferably −20 ° C. or more and 40 ° C. or less. By setting the glass transition temperature Tg of the urethane resin contained in the ink receiving layer within the above range, for example, when an ultraviolet curable ink composition is used as the ink for forming the parallax image, the adhesion to the ink receiving layer is achieved. It is preferable because a parallax image having excellent properties can be easily formed.
　ウレタン樹脂は、例えば、スーパーフレックス（登録商標）１５０ＨＳ、スーパーフレックス４７０等の市販品（第一工業製薬株式会社製）、ハイドラン（登録商標）ＡＰ－２０、ハイドランＷＬＳ－２１０、ハイドランＨＷ－１６１（ＤＩＣ株式会社製）等の市販品としても入手可能である。 Examples of the urethane resin include commercially available products such as Superflex (registered trademark) 150HS and Superflex 470 (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Hydran (registered trademark) AP-20, Hydran WLS-210, Hydran HW-161 ( It can also be obtained as a commercial product such as DIC Corporation).
　未延伸積層体を延伸して延伸積層体を調製する際には、一般に、未延伸積層体に含まれる透明樹脂基板の素材である樹脂のガラス転移温度（単位：℃。以下、「Ｔｇ」ともいう。）以上、Ｔｇ＋３０℃以下に加熱されて延伸処理されることが好ましい。
　本開示における実施態様においては、上記の延伸時の加熱温度により、インク受容層に含まれる樹脂の架橋を進行させることが好ましい。従って、透明樹脂基板に塗布して塗布層を形成するインク受容層形成用塗布液は、延伸時の加熱温度で樹脂の架橋が進行する、ブロックイソシアネートを架橋剤として含むことが好ましい。 When a stretched laminate is prepared by stretching an unstretched laminate, generally, the glass transition temperature (unit: ° C., hereinafter referred to as “Tg”) of the resin that is the material of the transparent resin substrate contained in the unstretched laminate. As described above, it is preferable that the film is heated to Tg + 30 ° C. or less and stretched.
In the embodiment of the present disclosure, it is preferable to advance the crosslinking of the resin contained in the ink receiving layer by the heating temperature at the time of stretching. Accordingly, the ink receiving layer forming coating solution that is applied to the transparent resin substrate to form the coating layer preferably contains a blocked isocyanate, in which crosslinking of the resin proceeds at the heating temperature during stretching.
（ブロックイソシアネート）
　ブロックイソシアネートは、イソシアネート基をブロック剤でマスクした構造を有する化合物であって、熱架橋型の硬化剤として用いられる。ブロックイソシアネートのブロック剤としては、例えば重亜硫酸塩類、フェノール、クレゾール、エチルフェノール等のフェノール系化合物、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコール、ベンジルアルコール、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール系化合物、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセチルアセトン等の活性メチレン系化合物、ブチルメルカプタン、ドデシルメルカプタン等のメルカプタン系化合物、ε‐カプロラクタム、δ‐バレロラクタム等のラクタム系化合物、ジフェニルアニリン、アニリン、エチレンイミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、ジイソブチルアミン、ジ（２－ブチルアミン）、ジ（ｔ－ブチル）アミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン、Ｎ－ｔ－ブチルシクロヘキシルアミン等のアミン系化合物、アセトアニリド、酢酸アミドの酸アミド化合物、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトンオキシム、メチルエチルケトンオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム等のオキシム系化合物が挙げられる。ブロックイソシアネートは、単独でも２種以上の併用であってもよい。 (Block isocyanate)
Blocked isocyanate is a compound having a structure in which an isocyanate group is masked with a blocking agent, and is used as a heat-crosslinking type curing agent. Examples of the blocking agent for the blocked isocyanate include phenolic compounds such as bisulfites, phenol, cresol, and ethylphenol, alcoholic compounds such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol, benzyl alcohol, methanol, and ethanol, dimethyl malonate, and malon. Active methylene compounds such as diethyl acid, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate and acetylacetone, mercaptan compounds such as butyl mercaptan and dodecyl mercaptan, lactam compounds such as ε-caprolactam and δ-valerolactam, diphenylaniline, aniline, ethylene Imine, diisopropylamine, diisobutylamine, di (2-butylamine), di (t-butyl) amine, dicyclohexylamine, Nt-butyl Examples include amine compounds such as cyclohexylamine, acetic acid amide compounds such as acetanilide and acetic acid amide, oxime compounds such as formaldehyde, acetaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, and cyclohexanone oxime. The blocked isocyanate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
　また、イソシアネートとしては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、メチレンジフェニルジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート等の芳香族イソシアネート、α，α，α’，α’－テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の芳香環を有する脂肪族イソシアネート、メチレンジイソシアネート、プロピレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、ペンタメチレンジイソシアネート、２，２，４－トリメチル－１，６－ジイソシアナトヘキサン等の脂肪族イソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、メチルシクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、メチレンビス（４－シクロヘキシルイソシアネート）、イソプロピリデンジシクロヘキシルジイソシアネート、１，３－ビス（イソシアナトメチル）－シクロヘキサン、４，４’－ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、ノルボルネンジイソシアネート、水添キシリレンジイソシアネート等の脂環族イソシアネート等が例示される。また、イソシアネートのビュレット化物、イソシアヌレート化物、ウレトジオン化物、カルボジイミド変性体等の重合体や誘導体も挙げられる。イソシアネートは単独で用いても、複数種併用してもよい。上記イソシアネートの中でも、紫外線による黄変を避けるために、芳香族イソシアネートよりも脂肪族イソシアネート又は脂環族イソシアネートがより好ましい。 Examples of the isocyanate include aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, and naphthalene diisocyanate, and aromatic rings such as α, α, α ′, α′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate. Aliphatic isocyanate, methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-diisocyanatohexane, etc. Aliphatic isocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate , Isophorone diisocyanate, methylene bis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate), isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanate, 1,3-bis (isocyanatomethyl) -cyclohexane, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, norbornene diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples include alicyclic isocyanates. Polymers and derivatives such as isocyanate burette, isocyanurate, uretdione, and carbodiimide modified products are also included. Isocyanates may be used alone or in combination. Among the above isocyanates, aliphatic isocyanates or alicyclic isocyanates are more preferable than aromatic isocyanates in order to avoid yellowing due to ultraviolet rays.
　ブロックイソシアネートを含有するインク受容層を形成する際は、インク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布する工程と、乾燥させる工程（予熱部）が設けられる。乾燥させる工程で、ブロック剤に由来する基がブロックイソシアネート化合物から解離することにより、ブロックイソシアネート化合物由来のイソシアネート基（ＮＣＯ基）と、系内の水酸基等との間でウレタン化反応が進行し、架橋密度を向上させることができる。 When forming an ink receiving layer containing a blocked isocyanate, a step of applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer and a step of drying (preheating portion) are provided. In the drying step, the group derived from the blocking agent dissociates from the blocked isocyanate compound, so that the urethanization reaction proceeds between the isocyanate group derived from the blocked isocyanate compound (NCO group) and the hydroxyl group in the system, Crosslinking density can be improved.
　ブロックイソシアネートの数平均分子量は、３００以上１０，０００以下であることが好ましい。下限値は、より好ましくは５００、最も好ましくは７００である。また、上限値は、９，０００であることが更に好ましく、より好ましくは８，５００であり、最も好ましくは８，０００である。 The number average molecular weight of the blocked isocyanate is preferably 300 or more and 10,000 or less. The lower limit value is more preferably 500, and most preferably 700. The upper limit is more preferably 9,000, more preferably 8,500, and most preferably 8,000.
　インク受容層形成用塗布液がブロックイソシアネートを含む場合には、以下に説明する第１のブロックイソシアネートと第２のブロックイソシアネートを含むことが好ましい。 When the ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains a blocked isocyanate, it preferably contains a first blocked isocyanate and a second blocked isocyanate described below.
〈第１のブロックイソシアネート〉
　第１のブロックイソシアネートは、ゲル分率が７０％となる温度が９０℃以下のブロックイソシアネートである。
　本開示の好ましい第１実施態様において、未延伸積層体の透明樹脂基板として用いられる一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムを、更に延伸する場合（即ち未延伸積層体を延伸積層体とするために延伸処理する場合）の温度（以下、「延伸温度」ともいう。）は、一般的に未延伸積層体に含まれる一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムのＴｇ以上、Ｔｇ＋３０℃以下の範囲である。従って、インク受容層形成用塗布液を乾燥させる温度は、通常、上記Ｔｇ以上、Ｔｇ＋３０℃以下の範囲か、上記Ｔｇよりも低い温度範囲に設定される。具体的には、例えば延伸温度が８０℃以上１００℃以下の場合、乾燥温度は９０℃程度が好ましい。乾燥温度を９０℃程度とすることにより、インク受容層形成用塗布液に含まれる第１のブロックイソシアネートのブロックが解離し反応することで、延伸前に架橋されたインク受容層の被膜を形成することが可能となり、塗膜の強度が向上する。
　なお、第１のブロックイソシアネートのゲル分率が７０％となる温度は、後述する第２のブロックイソシアネートのゲル分率が７０％となる温度よりも低いため、低温ブロックイソシアネートと呼ぶこともできる。 <First blocked isocyanate>
The first blocked isocyanate is a blocked isocyanate having a gel fraction of 70% and a temperature of 90 ° C. or lower.
In the first preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, when the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film used as the transparent resin substrate of the unstretched laminate is further stretched (that is, when the unstretched laminate is subjected to a stretching treatment so as to be a stretched laminate). ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “stretching temperature”) is generally in the range of not less than Tg and not more than Tg + 30 ° C. of the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film contained in the unstretched laminate. Therefore, the temperature for drying the ink receiving layer forming coating solution is usually set in the range of Tg to Tg + 30 ° C. or lower than Tg. Specifically, for example, when the stretching temperature is 80 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower, the drying temperature is preferably about 90 ° C. By setting the drying temperature to about 90 ° C., the first blocked isocyanate block contained in the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid is dissociated and reacts to form a cross-linked ink-receiving layer film before stretching. And the strength of the coating film is improved.
In addition, since the temperature at which the gel fraction of the first blocked isocyanate is 70% is lower than the temperature at which the gel fraction of the second blocked isocyanate described later is 70%, it can also be called low-temperature blocked isocyanate.
　第１のブロックイソシアネートの含有率は、インク受容層の総質量に対して０．１質量％以上３０質量％以下であることが好ましく、０．５質量％以上２０質量％以下であることがより好ましく、１質量％以上１５質量％以下であることがさらに好ましい。第１のブロックイソシアネートの含有率を上記範囲内とすることにより、インク受容層と透明樹脂基板との密着性を効果的に高めることが可能となる。 The content of the first blocked isocyanate is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total mass of the ink receiving layer. It is preferably 1% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less. By setting the content of the first blocked isocyanate within the above range, it is possible to effectively enhance the adhesion between the ink receiving layer and the transparent resin substrate.
　第１のブロックイソシアネートとしては、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びイソホロンジイソシアネートの少なくとも一つが好適に用いられる。ブロック剤としては、活性メチレン系として特にマロン酸ジエステルが好適に用いられ、中でもマロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジメチルがより好ましく用いられる。また、アミン系としては鎖状２級アミンが好適に用いられ、中でもジイソプロピルアミン、ジイソブチルアミン、ジ（２－ブチルアミン）、ジ（ｔ－ブチル）アミンがより好ましい。さらに、活性メチレン系およびアミン系を併用することがより好ましい。 As the first blocked isocyanate, for example, at least one of hexamethylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate is preferably used. As the blocking agent, malonic acid diester is particularly preferably used as an active methylene type, and among them, diethyl malonate and dimethyl malonate are more preferably used. As the amine system, a chain secondary amine is preferably used, and among them, diisopropylamine, diisobutylamine, di (2-butylamine), and di (t-butyl) amine are more preferable. Furthermore, it is more preferable to use an active methylene type and an amine type in combination.
〈第２のブロックイソシアネート〉
　第２のブロックイソシアネートは、ゲル分率が７０％となる場合の温度が９０℃よりも高いブロックイソシアネートである。ゲル分率が７０％となる場合の温度は、９０℃よりも高ければよく、１００℃以上であることが好ましく、１１０℃以上であることがより好ましく、１２０℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。第２のブロックイソシアネートのゲル分率が７０％となる場合の温度は、上述した第１のブロックイソシアネートのゲル分率が７０％となる場合の温度よりも高いため、高温ブロックイソシアネートと呼ぶこともできる。 <Second blocked isocyanate>
The second blocked isocyanate is a blocked isocyanate having a temperature higher than 90 ° C. when the gel fraction is 70%. The temperature at which the gel fraction is 70% may be higher than 90 ° C, preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 110 ° C or higher, and further preferably 120 ° C or higher. Since the temperature when the gel fraction of the second blocked isocyanate is 70% is higher than the temperature when the gel fraction of the first blocked isocyanate is 70%, it may be called high temperature blocked isocyanate. it can.
　第２のブロックイソシアネートの含有率は、インク受容層の全固形分質量に対して０．５質量％以上４０質量％以下の範囲であることが好ましく、０．５質量％以上３０質量％以下の範囲であることがより好ましく、０．５質量％以上２０質量％以下の範囲であることがさらに好ましい。第２のブロックイソシアネートの含有率を上記範囲内とすることにより、インク受容層と透明樹脂基板との密着性に優れるレンチキュラーシートが得られる。 The content of the second blocked isocyanate is preferably in the range of 0.5% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the ink receiving layer, and is 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass. The range is more preferable, and the range of 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable. By setting the content of the second blocked isocyanate within the above range, a lenticular sheet having excellent adhesion between the ink receiving layer and the transparent resin substrate can be obtained.
　第２のブロックイソシアネートとしては、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びイソホロンジイソシアネートが好適に用いられ、ブロック剤としては、重亜硫酸塩類、フェノール系化合物、アルコール系化合物、活性メチレン系化合物、ラクタム系化合物、アミン系化合物、オキシム系化合物等が好ましく用いられ、特に重亜硫酸塩類が好ましく用いられる。また、ジカルボン酸及びジオールの少なくとも一方が、ポリウレタン構造又はポリエステル構造を分子内に有してもよい。 As the second blocked isocyanate, for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate are preferably used, and as the blocking agent, bisulfites, phenolic compounds, alcohol compounds, active methylene compounds, lactam compounds, amines are used. Compounds, oxime compounds and the like are preferably used, and bisulfites are particularly preferably used. Further, at least one of the dicarboxylic acid and the diol may have a polyurethane structure or a polyester structure in the molecule.
　第１のブロックイソシアネートと第２のブロックイソシアネートの合計含有率は、インク受容層の総質量に対して０．６質量％以上７０質量％以下であることが好ましく、１質量％以上５０質量％以下であることがより好ましく、１．５質量％以上３５質量％以下であることがさらに好ましい。第１のブロックイソシアネートと第２のブロックイソシアネートの合計含有率を上記範囲内とすることにより、インク受容層の架橋密度を適切な範囲内とすることができる。 The total content of the first blocked isocyanate and the second blocked isocyanate is preferably 0.6% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the ink receiving layer. It is more preferable that it is 1.5 mass% or more and 35 mass% or less. By setting the total content of the first blocked isocyanate and the second blocked isocyanate within the above range, the crosslink density of the ink receiving layer can be set within an appropriate range.
　インク受容層に含まれる第１のブロックイソシアネートと第２のブロックイソシアネートの質量比は、前者／後者の比で、１／４以上１０／１以下であることが好ましく、１／３以上１０／１以下であることがより好ましく、１／３以上２／１以下であることが更に好ましい。 The mass ratio of the first blocked isocyanate and the second blocked isocyanate contained in the ink receiving layer is preferably the ratio of the former / the latter and is not less than 1/4 and not more than 10/1, and not less than 1/3 and not more than 10/1. Or less, more preferably 1/3 or more and 2/1 or less.
　未延伸積層体における塗布層（即ち、インク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により形成される層）の厚みは、延伸積層体とするために延伸される延伸倍率に応じて決定される。一般的には、塗布層の厚みは０．０３μｍ以上５μｍ以下の範囲から選ばれることが適当であり、より好ましくは０．０４μｍ以上２μｍ以下、特に好ましくは０．０７μｍ以上１μｍ以下の範囲である。 The thickness of the coating layer in the unstretched laminate (that is, the layer formed by application of the ink-receiving layer forming coating solution) is determined according to the stretch ratio of stretching to obtain a stretched laminate. In general, the thickness of the coating layer is suitably selected from the range of 0.03 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.04 μm to 2 μm, and particularly preferably 0.07 μm to 1 μm. .
［架橋剤］
　インク受容層形成用塗布液には、架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤を含有させておくことにより、インク受容層に含まれる樹脂の少なくとも一部が架橋し、インク受容層としての膜強度が向上する。
　架橋剤としては、例えば、メラミン化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート化合物、カルボジイミド化合物等が挙げられる。
　架橋剤は、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、及びイソシアネート化合物から選択される少なくとも一つであることが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
The coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer can contain a crosslinking agent. By containing a crosslinking agent, at least a part of the resin contained in the ink receiving layer is crosslinked, and the film strength as the ink receiving layer is improved.
Examples of the crosslinking agent include melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and the like.
The crosslinking agent is preferably at least one selected from oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and isocyanate compounds.
〈オキサゾリン化合物〉
　オキサゾリン化合物は、分子中に２個以上のオキサゾリン基を有する化合物である。
　オキサゾリン化合物としては、オキサゾリン基を有する重合体、例えば、オキサゾリン基を有する重合性不飽和単量体を、必要に応じて、オキサゾリン基を有する重合性不飽和単量体以外の重合性不飽和単量体と公知の方法（例えば溶液重合、乳化重合等）によって共重合させることにより得られる重合体を挙げることができる。オキサゾリン基を有する重合性不飽和単量体としては、例えば、２－ビニル－２－オキサゾリン、２－ビニル－４－メチル－２－オキサゾリン、２－ビニル－５－メチル－２－オキサゾリン、２－イソプロペニル－２－オキサゾリン、２－イソプロペニル－４－メチル－２－オキサゾリン、２－イソプロペニル－５－メチル－２－オキサゾリン等をモノマー単位として含む化合物が挙げられる。オキサゾリン化合物は、例えば、エポクロス（登録商標）Ｋ－２０２０Ｅ、エポクロスＫ－２０１０Ｅ、エポクロスＫ－２０２０Ｅ、エポクロスＫ－２０３０Ｅ、エポクロスＷＳ－３００、エポクロスＷＳ－５００、エポクロスＷＳ－７００等の市販品（株式会社日本触媒製）としても入手可能である。 <Oxazoline compound>
An oxazoline compound is a compound having two or more oxazoline groups in the molecule.
Examples of the oxazoline compound include a polymer having an oxazoline group, for example, a polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group, and a polymerizable unsaturated monomer other than the polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group, if necessary. The polymer obtained by making it copolymerize with a monomer by well-known methods (for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, etc.) can be mentioned. Examples of the polymerizable unsaturated monomer having an oxazoline group include 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl Examples thereof include compounds containing isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline and the like as monomer units. Oxazoline compounds are commercially available products such as Epocross (registered trademark) K-2020E, Epocross K-2010E, Epocross K-2020E, Epocross K-2030E, Epocross WS-300, Epocross WS-500, Epocross WS-700, etc. It is also available as Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
〈カルボジイミド化合物〉
　カルボジイミド化合物は、－Ｎ＝Ｃ＝Ｎ－で示される官能基をもつ化合物である。ポリカルボジイミドは、通常、有機ジイソシアネートの縮合反応により合成されるが、合成に用いられる有機ジイソシアネートの有機基は特に限定されず、芳香族系又は脂肪族系のいずれか、あるいは芳香族系及び脂肪族系の混合系も使用可能である。ただし、反応性の観点から脂肪族系が特に好ましい。合成の原料としては、有機イソシアネート、有機ジイソシアネート、有機トリイソシアネート等が使用される。
　具体的には、４，４’－ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、４，４－ジフェニルジメチルメタンジイソシアネート、１，４－フェニレンジイソシアネート、２，４－トリレンジイソシアネート、２，６－トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、２，２，４－トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、４，４’－ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、１，３－フェニレンジイソシアネート等が用いられ、また、有機モノイソシアネートとしては、イソホロンイソシアネート、フェニルイソシアネート、シクロヘキシルイソシアネート、ブチルイソシアネート、ナフチルイソシアネート等が使用される。また、カルボジイミド化合物は、例えば、カルボジライト（登録商標）Ｖ－０２－Ｌ２（日清紡株式会社製）等の市販品としても入手可能である。 <Carbodiimide compound>
A carbodiimide compound is a compound having a functional group represented by —N═C═N—. Polycarbodiimide is usually synthesized by a condensation reaction of organic diisocyanate, but the organic group of the organic diisocyanate used for the synthesis is not particularly limited, either aromatic or aliphatic, or aromatic and aliphatic Mixed systems can also be used. However, aliphatic systems are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity. As a raw material for synthesis, organic isocyanate, organic diisocyanate, organic triisocyanate, and the like are used.
Specifically, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4-diphenyldimethylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane Diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4′-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, etc. are used. As organic monoisocyanates, isophorone isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate are used. Cyclohexyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate and the like are used. The carbodiimide compound is also available as a commercial product such as Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2 (manufactured by Nisshinbo Co., Ltd.).
〈イソシアネート化合物〉
　イソシアネート化合物は、－Ｎ＝Ｃ＝Ｏの部分構造を持つ化合物である。有機イソシアネート化合物の例としては、芳香族イソシアネート、脂肪族イソシアネートが挙げられ、二種以上の化合物を混合して用いてもよい。具体的には、４，４’－ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、４，４－ジフェニルジメチルメタンジイソシアネート、１，４－フェニレンジイソシアネート、２，４－トリレンジイソシアネート、２，６－トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、２，２，４－トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、４，４’－ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、１，３－フェニレンジイソシアネート等が用いられ、また、有機モノイソシアネートとしては、イソホロンイソシアネート、フェニルイソシアネート、シクロヘキシルイソシアネート、ブチルイソシアネート、ナフチルイソシアネート等が用いられる。また、イソシアネート化合物は、例えば、エラストロン（登録商標）Ｈ－３、ＣＡＴ－２１（いずれも第一工業製薬株式会社製）、ＤＰ９Ｃ２１４（Ｂａｘｅｎｄｅｎ社製）、タケネート（登録商標）ＸＷＤ－ＨＳ３０（三井化学株式会社製）としても入手可能である。 <Isocyanate compound>
The isocyanate compound is a compound having a partial structure of —N═C═O. Examples of the organic isocyanate compound include aromatic isocyanate and aliphatic isocyanate, and two or more kinds of compounds may be mixed and used. Specifically, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4-diphenyldimethylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane Diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, etc. are used. As organic monoisocyanates, isophorone isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate are used. Cyclohexyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate, and the like are used. Examples of the isocyanate compound include Elastron (registered trademark) H-3, CAT-21 (all manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), DP9C214 (manufactured by Baxenden), Takenate (registered trademark) XWD-HS30 (Mitsui Chemicals). It can also be obtained as a product manufactured by Co., Ltd.
　架橋剤は、インク受容層に含まれる樹脂の総質量を基準として、３質量％以上３０質量％以下の範囲で含有させることが好ましく、３質量％以上２０質量％以下の範囲で含有させることがより好ましい。
　架橋剤を、樹脂に対して３質量％以上含有させることで、インク受容層と透明樹脂基板との密着性が向上し、インク受容層の膜強度が向上する。更に、インク受容層と、視差画像を印刷する場合に使用される、例えばオフセット印刷用インクとの密着性も向上する。 The cross-linking agent is preferably contained in the range of 3% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the resin contained in the ink receiving layer, and is preferably contained in the range of 3% by mass to 20% by mass. More preferred.
By containing 3% by mass or more of the crosslinking agent with respect to the resin, the adhesion between the ink receiving layer and the transparent resin substrate is improved, and the film strength of the ink receiving layer is improved. Furthermore, the adhesion between the ink receiving layer and, for example, offset printing ink used when printing a parallax image is also improved.
　インク受容層形成用塗布液には、更に、界面活性剤、滑剤、有機又は無機の粒子、ｐＨ調整剤等を含有させることができる。
　界面活性剤を含有するインク受容層形成用塗布液は、インク受容層形成用塗布液を透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に塗布する場合の塗布性を向上させる効果を奏する。
　滑剤を含有するインク受容層は、インク受容層の表面に形成される視差画像を形成するための、例えばオフセット印刷用インクがインク受容層の表面で滲むことが少ないので、滑剤を含まないインク受容層と比べて、解像度の高い視差画像が形成される。
　無機粒子を含むインク受容層は、無機粒子を含まないインク受容層に比べて、膜強度が優れる。
　ｐＨ調整剤を含有するインク受容層形成用塗布液は、塗布液としての安定性に優れるので、本開示に係るレンチキュラーシートを製造する場合の製造適性が向上する。 The ink receiving layer forming coating solution may further contain a surfactant, a lubricant, organic or inorganic particles, a pH adjusting agent, and the like.
The ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution containing a surfactant has an effect of improving the coating property when the ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution is applied to one surface side of the transparent resin substrate.
The ink-receiving layer containing a lubricant is used to form a parallax image formed on the surface of the ink-receiving layer, for example, because ink for offset printing hardly bleeds on the surface of the ink-receiving layer. Compared with the layer, a parallax image with high resolution is formed.
The ink receiving layer containing inorganic particles is superior in film strength to the ink receiving layer containing no inorganic particles.
Since the coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer containing a pH adjuster is excellent in stability as a coating liquid, the suitability for producing the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure is improved.
［界面活性剤］
　界面活性剤としては、公知のアニオン性、ノニオン性、カチオン性、フッ素系、シリコーン系の界面活性剤が挙げられる。界面活性剤については、例えば、「界面活性剤便覧」（西一郎、今井怡知一郎、笠井正蔵編、産業図書株式会社、１９６０年発行）に記載されている。
　インク受容層形成用塗布液に含有させる界面活性剤としては、特にアニオン性界面活性剤及び／又はノニオン性界面活性剤が、塗布性を向上させる効果に優れるので好ましい。 [Surfactant]
Examples of the surfactant include known anionic, nonionic, cationic, fluorine-based, and silicone-based surfactants. The surfactant is described in, for example, “Surfactant Handbook” (Nishi Ichiro, Imai Seiichiro, Kasai Shozo Edition, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., 1960).
As the surfactant to be contained in the ink receiving layer forming coating solution, an anionic surfactant and / or a nonionic surfactant are particularly preferable because they are excellent in the effect of improving the coating property.
　アニオン性界面活性剤としては、ステアリン酸カリウム、ベヘニン酸カリウム等の高級脂肪酸塩、ポリオキシエチレン（以下、「ＰＯＥ」と略記する。）ラウリルエーテルカルボン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルエーテルカルボン酸塩、Ｎ－ステアロイル－Ｌ－グルタミン酸モノナトリウム塩等のＮ－アシル－Ｌ－グルタミン酸塩、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸カリウム等の高級アルキル硫酸エステル塩、ＰＯＥラウリル硫酸トリエタノールアミン、ＰＯＥラウリル硫酸ナトリウム等のアルキルエーテル硫酸エステル塩、ラウロイルサルコシンナトリウム等のＮ－アシルサルコシン酸塩、Ｎ－ミリストイル－Ｎ－メチルタウリンナトリウム等の高級脂肪酸アミドスルホン酸塩、ステアリルリン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルリン酸塩、ＰＯＥオレイルエーテルリン酸ナトリウム、ＰＯＥステアリルエーテルリン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルエーテルリン酸塩、ジ－２－エチルヘキシルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、モノラウロイルモノエタノールアミドポリオキシエチレンスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ラウリルポリプロピレングリコールスルホコハク酸ナトリウム等のスルホコハク酸塩、リニアドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、リニアドデシルベンゼン、スルホン酸トリエタノールアミン、リニアドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸等のアルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、硬化ヤシ油脂肪酸グリセリン硫酸ナトリウム等の高級脂肪酸エステル硫酸エステル塩が挙げられる。
　市販のアニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ラピゾール（登録商標）Ａ－９０、ラピゾールＡ－８０、ラピゾールＢＷ－３０、ラピゾールＢ－９０、ラピゾールＣ－７０（日油株式会社製）、ＮＩＫＫＯＬ（登録商標）　ＯＴＰ－１００（日光ケミカルズ株式会社製）、コハクール（登録商標）ＯＮ（東邦化学工業株式会社製）、コラクールＬ－４０（商品名、東邦化学工業株式会社製）、フォスファノール（登録商標）７０２（東邦化学工業株式会社製）、ビューライト（登録商標）Ａ－５０００、ビューライトＳＳＳ、サンデッド（登録商標）ＢＬ（三洋化成工業株式会社製）等を挙げることができる。 Examples of anionic surfactants include higher fatty acid salts such as potassium stearate and potassium behenate, polyoxyethylene (hereinafter abbreviated as “POE”) alkyl ether carboxylates such as sodium lauryl ether carboxylate, N— N-acyl-L-glutamate such as stearoyl-L-glutamate monosodium salt, higher alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate and potassium lauryl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfates such as POE lauryl sulfate triethanolamine and sodium POE lauryl sulfate Ester salts, N-acyl sarcosine salts such as sodium lauroyl sarcosine, higher fatty acid amide sulfonates such as sodium N-myristoyl-N-methyl taurate, alkyl phosphates such as sodium stearyl phosphate, PO Alkyl ether phosphates such as sodium oleyl ether phosphate and sodium POE stearyl ether phosphate, sulfosuccinates such as sodium di-2-ethylhexyl sulfosuccinate, sodium monolauroyl monoethanolamide polyoxyethylene sulfosuccinate, sodium lauryl polypropylene glycol sulfosuccinate Acid salts, alkyl benzene sulfonates such as sodium linear dodecyl benzene sulfonate, linear dodecyl benzene, triethanolamine sulfonate, linear dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid, dodecyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid, higher fatty acid ester sulfate such as hardened coconut oil fatty acid sodium glycerin sulfate Examples include ester salts.
Examples of commercially available anionic surfactants include Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, Lapisol A-80, Lapisol BW-30, Lapisol B-90, Lapisol C-70 (manufactured by NOF Corporation), NIKKOL ( Registered trademark) OTP-100 (manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Kohakuur (registered trademark) ON (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Kolacool L-40 (trade name, manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Phosphanol (registered trademark) Trademark) 702 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Viewlight (registered trademark) A-5000, Viewlight SSS, Sanded (registered trademark) BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.
　カチオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、塩化ステアリルトリメチルアンモニウム、塩化ラウリルトリメチルアンモニウム等のアルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、塩化ジステアリルジメチルアンモニウム等のジアルキルジメチルアンモニウム塩、塩化ポリ（Ｎ、Ｎジメチル－３、５－メチレンピペリジニウム）、塩化セチルピリジニウム等のアルキルピリジニウム塩、アルキル四級アンモニウム塩、アルキルジメチルベンジルアンモニウム塩、アルキルイソキノリニウム塩、ジアルキルモリホニウム塩、ＰＯＥアルキルアミン、アルキルアミン塩、ポリアミン脂肪酸誘導体、アミルアルコール脂肪酸誘導体、塩化ベンザルコニウム、塩化ベンゼトニウムが挙げられる。上記のような界面活性剤を使用することで、塗膜の乾燥過程での粒子の凝集を抑制し、均一な表面凹凸を形成できる。
　他にも市販のカチオン性界面活性剤として、例えばフタロシアニン誘導体（商品名：ＥＦＫＡ－７４５、森下産業株式会社製）、オルガノシロキサンポリマーＫＰ３４１（信越化学工業株式会社製）、（メタ）アクリル酸系（共）重合体ポリフローＮｏ．７５、Ｎｏ．９０、Ｎｏ．９５（共栄社化学株式会社製）、Ｗ００１（裕商株式会社製）等が挙げられる。
　市販のノニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、ＨＮ－１００（三洋化成工業株式会社製）、リソレックス（登録商標）ＢＷ４００（高級アルコール工業株式会社製）、ＥＭＡＬＥＸ（登録商標）ＥＴ－２０２０（日本エマルジョン株式会社）、ユニルーブ（登録商標）５０ＭＢ－２６、ノニオンＩＳ－４（日油株式会社）等を挙げることができる。
　インク受容層形成用塗布液に界面活性剤を含有させる場合の界面活性剤の量は、樹脂の全固形分質量を基準として、０．５質量％以上５．０質量％以下が好ましく、０．５質量％以上３．０質量％以下がより好ましい。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include alkyltrimethylammonium salts such as stearyltrimethylammonium chloride and lauryltrimethylammonium chloride, dialkyldimethylammonium salts such as distearyldimethylammonium chloride, poly (N, Ndimethyl-3,5- Methylenepiperidinium), alkylpyridinium salts such as cetylpyridinium chloride, alkyl quaternary ammonium salts, alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts, alkylisoquinolinium salts, dialkyl morpholinium salts, POE alkylamines, alkylamine salts, polyamine fatty acids Derivatives, amyl alcohol fatty acid derivatives, benzalkonium chloride, and benzethonium chloride. By using the surfactant as described above, aggregation of particles during the drying process of the coating film can be suppressed, and uniform surface irregularities can be formed.
Other commercially available cationic surfactants include, for example, phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
Commercially available nonionic surfactants include, for example, NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95, HN-100 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Risolex (registered trademark) BW400 (manufactured by Higher Alcohol Industry Co., Ltd.), EMALEX (Registered Trademark) ET-2020 (Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.), Unilube (Registered Trademark) 50MB-26, Nonion IS-4 (Nippon Oil Corporation), and the like.
When the surfactant is contained in the ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution, the amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resin. 5 mass% or more and 3.0 mass% or less are more preferable.
［滑剤］
　滑剤としては、脂肪族ワックス等が好適に用いられる。
　脂肪族ワックスの具体例としては、カルナバワックス、キャンデリラワックス、ライスワックス、木ロウ、ホホバ油、パームワックス、ロジン変性ワックス、オウリキュリーワックス、サトウキビワックス、エスパルトワックス、バークワックス等の植物系ワックス、ミツロウ、ラノリン、鯨ロウ、イボタロウ、セラックワックス等の動物系ワックス、モンタンワックス、オゾケライト、セレシンワックス等の鉱物系ワックス、パラフィンワックス、マイクロクリスタリンワックス、ペトロラクタム等の石油系ワックス、フィッシャートロプッシュワックス、ポリエチレンワックス、酸化ポリエチレンワックス、ポリプロピレンワックス、酸化ポリプロピレンワックス等の合成炭化水素系ワックスを挙げることができる。中でも、カルナバワックス、パラフィンワックス、ポリエチレンワックスが特に好ましい。
　滑剤は、環境負荷の低減が可能であること及び取扱のし易さから水分散液として用いることもできる。市販品としては例えばセロゾール（登録商標）５２４（中京油脂（株）製）等が挙げられる。
　滑剤は、１種のみを用いてもよいし、２種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
　滑剤の含有率は、インク受容層の全固形分質量を基準として、０．００５質量％以上１０質量％以下が好ましく、０．０１質量％以上５質量％以下がより好ましい。
　無機粒子としては、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、酸化マグネシウム、炭酸マグネシウム等が挙げられる。
　有機の粒子としては、ポリスチレン粒子、ポリメチルメタクリレート粒子が挙げられる。ポリスチレン粒子、ポリメチルメタクリレート粒子及びシリカはすべり性改良効果、コストの観点から好ましい。
　無機粒子の含有率は、インク受容層の全固形分質量を基準として、０．００５質量％以上１０質量％以下が好ましく、０．０１質量％以上１０質量％以下がより好ましい。 [Lubricant]
As the lubricant, an aliphatic wax or the like is preferably used.
Specific examples of the aliphatic wax include plant-based waxes such as carnauba wax, candelilla wax, rice wax, wood wax, jojoba oil, palm wax, rosin modified wax, cucumber wax, sugar cane wax, esparto wax, and bark wax. Animal waxes such as beeswax, lanolin, whale wax, ibota wax, shellac wax, mineral waxes such as montan wax, ozokerite, ceresin wax, petroleum waxes such as paraffin wax, microcrystalline wax, petrolactam, and fishertro push wax And synthetic hydrocarbon waxes such as polyethylene wax, oxidized polyethylene wax, polypropylene wax, and oxidized polypropylene wax. Of these, carnauba wax, paraffin wax, and polyethylene wax are particularly preferable.
The lubricant can be used as an aqueous dispersion because it can reduce the environmental burden and is easy to handle. Examples of commercially available products include Cellozol (registered trademark) 524 (manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.).
Only one type of lubricant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
The content of the lubricant is preferably 0.005% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid mass of the ink receiving layer.
Examples of inorganic particles include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate and the like.
Examples of the organic particles include polystyrene particles and polymethyl methacrylate particles. Polystyrene particles, polymethyl methacrylate particles, and silica are preferable from the viewpoint of improving the slipperiness and cost.
The content of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.005% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less based on the total solid mass of the ink receiving layer.
［中間層］
　透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との間には、樹脂を含む中間層を設けてもよい。中間層を設けることにより、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性を高めることが可能となる。
　中間層に含まれる樹脂としては、エチレン－ビニルアルコール共重合体、変性ポリエチレン、変性ポリプロピレン等の変性ポリオレフィン等が挙げられる。
　変性ポリオレフィンは、例えば三井化学株式会社からアドマー（登録商標）の名称で市販されている。
　中間層は、樹脂の特性に応じて、適切な方法で透明樹脂基板の表面に設ければよい。例えば、樹脂を溶媒に溶解した溶液、又は樹脂を溶媒中に分散した分散液を、透明樹脂基板の表面に塗布して形成してもよいし、樹脂が熱溶融性である場合には、透明樹脂基板の表面に、溶融押出しして形成してもよい。 [Middle layer]
An intermediate layer containing a resin may be provided between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer. By providing the intermediate layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer.
Examples of the resin contained in the intermediate layer include modified polyolefins such as ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, modified polyethylene, and modified polypropylene.
The modified polyolefin is commercially available, for example, under the name Admer (registered trademark) from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
The intermediate layer may be provided on the surface of the transparent resin substrate by an appropriate method according to the characteristics of the resin. For example, a solution in which a resin is dissolved in a solvent or a dispersion in which a resin is dispersed in a solvent may be applied to the surface of a transparent resin substrate. It may be formed by melt extrusion on the surface of the resin substrate.
＜延伸積層体＞
　延伸積層体は、上記の未延伸積層体を延伸することにより作製される。
　未延伸積層体を延伸して延伸積層体を作製する積層体延伸工程は、未延伸積層体を一方向に延伸する一軸延伸を含む工程であり、互いに直交する方向に延伸する二軸延伸を含む工程であってもよい。
　本開示の特に好ましい態様においては、未延伸積層体に含まれる透明樹脂基板が、第一の方向に延伸された一軸延伸フィルムであり、未延伸積層体を延伸する少なくとも一つの延伸方向が、一軸延伸フィルムの第一の方向と直交する方向に延伸される。
　未延伸積層体から延伸積層体を作製する場合の延伸倍率は、１．５倍以上７倍以下が適当であり、１．７倍以上５倍以下が更に好ましく、２倍以上４倍以下が更により好ましい。延伸倍率が１．５倍以上７倍以下であることにより、機械的強度が充分であり、厚みの均一性もよく、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性に優れるレンチキュラーシートが容易に得られる。
　未延伸積層体に含まれる透明樹脂基板が、一軸延伸フィルムである場合には、一軸延伸フィルムの延伸方向をＭＤ（Ｍａｃｈｉｎｅ　Ｄｉｒｅｃｔｉｏｎ）とし、未延伸積層体を延伸する延伸方向をＴＤ（Ｔｒａｎｓｖｅｒｓｅ　Ｄｉｒｅｃｔｉｏｎ）とすることが製造上の自由度が大きいので有利である。
　得られた延伸積層体のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に、レンチキュラーレンズ層が設けられて、本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートが得られる。 <Stretched laminate>
The stretched laminate is produced by stretching the unstretched laminate.
The laminate stretching step of stretching an unstretched laminate to produce a stretched laminate is a step including uniaxial stretching that stretches the unstretched laminate in one direction, and includes biaxial stretching that stretches in directions orthogonal to each other. It may be a process.
In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the transparent resin substrate included in the unstretched laminate is a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the first direction, and at least one stretching direction for stretching the unstretched laminate is uniaxial. The film is stretched in a direction perpendicular to the first direction of the stretched film.
The stretch ratio in the case of producing a stretched laminate from an unstretched laminate is suitably 1.5 to 7 times, more preferably 1.7 to 5 times, and more preferably 2 to 4 times. Is more preferable. When the draw ratio is 1.5 times or more and 7 times or less, the mechanical strength is sufficient, the thickness is uniform, and a lenticular sheet excellent in adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer can be easily obtained. It is done.
When the transparent resin substrate contained in the unstretched laminate is a uniaxially stretched film, the stretching direction of the uniaxially stretched film is MD (Machine Direction), and the stretching direction in which the unstretched laminate is stretched is TD (Transverse Direction). It is advantageous because the degree of freedom in manufacturing is large.
A lenticular lens layer is provided on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the obtained stretched laminate, and the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is obtained.
　延伸積層体における透明樹脂基板の厚みは、５０μｍ以上３００μｍ以下の範囲から選択されることが適当である、より好ましくは６０μｍ以上３００μｍ以下、特に好ましくは１００μｍ以上３００μｍ以下の範囲とされることが好ましい。
　延伸積層体におけるインク受容層の厚みは、０．０１μｍ以上１μｍ以下の範囲から選ばれることが適当であり、より好ましくは０．０２μｍ以上０．１μｍ以下、特に好ましくは０．０４μｍ以上０．０７μｍ以下の範囲である。 The thickness of the transparent resin substrate in the stretched laminate is suitably selected from the range of 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 300 μm, and particularly preferably 100 μm to 300 μm. .
The thickness of the ink receiving layer in the stretched laminate is suitably selected from the range of 0.01 μm to 1 μm, more preferably 0.02 μm to 0.1 μm, particularly preferably 0.04 μm to 0.07 μm. The range is as follows.
＜レンチキュラーレンズ層＞
　延伸積層体における透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する面側とは反対側の表面上には、レンチキュラーレンズ層（以下、単に「レンズ層」ともいう。）が形成される。透明樹脂基板上にレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成する工程を、以下、「レンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程」ともいう。 <Lenticular lens layer>
A lenticular lens layer (hereinafter also simply referred to as “lens layer”) is formed on the surface of the stretched laminate opposite to the surface having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate. Hereinafter, the process of forming the lenticular lens layer on the transparent resin substrate is also referred to as “lenticular lens layer forming process”.
　レンズ層は、図１に示される通り、好ましくは中間層３４を介してレンチキュラーレンズ層３２が設けられる。
　レンズ層３２及び中間層３４は、延伸積層体におけるインク受容層を有する側とは反対側の透明樹脂基板の表面に、中間層３４及びレンズ層３２の各々を形成するための樹脂を溶融して共押出してから、レンズ層３２を形成するための樹脂の表面をエンボスローラでエンボスして、レンズ層を成形する方法が好ましい。
　更に、中間層３４は、未延伸積層体を調製する際に、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層が形成される側とは反対側の面側に塗布層を形成し、得られた未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の両面に塗布層を有する未延伸積層体を延伸して形成されてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 1, the lens layer is preferably provided with a lenticular lens layer 32 via an intermediate layer 34.
The lens layer 32 and the intermediate layer 34 are obtained by melting a resin for forming each of the intermediate layer 34 and the lens layer 32 on the surface of the transparent resin substrate opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer in the stretched laminate. A method of molding the lens layer by co-extrusion and then embossing the surface of the resin for forming the lens layer 32 with an embossing roller is preferable.
Further, when preparing the unstretched laminate, the intermediate layer 34 is applied to the surface of the transparent resin substrate that is unstretched or stretched in the first direction on the surface opposite to the side on which the ink receiving layer is formed. May be formed by stretching an unstretched laminate having a coating layer on both surfaces of the obtained unstretched or transparent resin substrate stretched in the first direction.
　レンズ層３２を形成する樹脂としては、例えば、ポリメチルメタクリレート樹脂（ＰＭＭＡ）、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、メタクリレート-スチレン共重合樹脂（ＭＳ樹脂）、アクリロニトリル-スチレン共重合樹脂（ＡＳ樹脂）、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、グリコール変性ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂（ＰＶＣ）、熱可塑性エラストマー、シクロオレフィンポリマー等が挙げられる。溶融押出しやすさを考慮すると、例えば、ポリメチルメタクリレート樹脂（ＰＭＭＡ）、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、メタクリレート-スチレン共重合樹脂（ＭＳ樹脂）、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、グリコール変性ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂のような溶融粘度の低い樹脂を用いるのが好ましい。エンボスローラの表面に形成されたレンズ形状が転写されやすく、エンボス時にレンズ層にひび割れが生じにくいという理由から、グリコール変性ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂を用いるのがより好ましい。
　なお、ポリエチレンテレフタレート（ＰＥＴ）樹脂としては、アモルファスＰＥＴを使用してもよい。
　また、レンズ層３２は、複数の樹脂を含んでもよい。
　レンズ層３２は５０μｍ以上２００μｍ以下の厚さ（図１中のＴ）を有し、表面に円筒形状の凸状レンズを多数並列配置したレンチキュラーレンズ形状を備える。レンチキュラーレンズ形状は、例えば、１００μｍ以上２００μｍ以下のレンズ半径（図１中のＲ）、５０μｍ以上１００μｍ以下のレンズ高さ（図１中のＨ）、１００μｍ以上２５７μｍ以下のレンズピッチ（図１のＰ）で形成される。ただし、上記の数値に限定されず、例えばレンズピッチＰは、１２７μｍ、２５４μｍなどの値が挙げられる。レンチキュラーレンズ形状とは、円柱を縦割りにして得られる形状を縦に平行に並べた板状のレンズアレイ、つまり、シリンドリカルレンズが２次元的に配列をもった形状を意味する。 Examples of the resin forming the lens layer 32 include polymethyl methacrylate resin (PMMA), polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, methacrylate-styrene copolymer resin (MS resin), acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer resin (AS resin), and polypropylene resin. , Polyethylene resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyvinyl chloride resin (PVC), thermoplastic elastomer, cycloolefin polymer, and the like. Considering ease of melt extrusion, for example, polymethyl methacrylate resin (PMMA), polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, methacrylate-styrene copolymer resin (MS resin), polyethylene resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, glycol modified polyethylene terephthalate resin, etc. It is preferable to use a resin having a low melt viscosity. It is more preferable to use glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate resin because the lens shape formed on the surface of the embossing roller is easily transferred and the lens layer is not easily cracked during embossing.
As the polyethylene terephthalate (PET) resin, amorphous PET may be used.
The lens layer 32 may include a plurality of resins.
The lens layer 32 has a thickness of 50 μm or more and 200 μm or less (T in FIG. 1), and has a lenticular lens shape in which a large number of cylindrical convex lenses are arranged in parallel on the surface. The lenticular lens shape is, for example, a lens radius of 100 μm to 200 μm (R in FIG. 1), a lens height of 50 μm to 100 μm (H in FIG. 1), and a lens pitch of 100 μm to 257 μm (P in FIG. 1). ). However, the present invention is not limited to the above numerical values. For example, the lens pitch P may be 127 μm, 254 μm, or the like. The lenticular lens shape means a plate-like lens array in which shapes obtained by vertically dividing a cylinder are arranged in parallel, that is, a shape in which cylindrical lenses are two-dimensionally arranged.
［中間層］
　透明樹脂基板１２とレンズ層３２との間には、中間層３４を設けてもよい。透明樹脂基板１２に対してレンズ層３２を構成する樹脂材料が接着性を有する場合、中間層３４は、必ずしも設ける必要はない。 [Middle layer]
An intermediate layer 34 may be provided between the transparent resin substrate 12 and the lens layer 32. When the resin material constituting the lens layer 32 has adhesiveness with respect to the transparent resin substrate 12, the intermediate layer 34 is not necessarily provided.
　中間層３４は、少なくとも樹脂を含むことが好ましい。中間層３４を形成する樹脂としては、レンズ層３２と透明樹脂基板１２との密着性に優れる熱可塑性樹脂が好ましい。
　中間層３４を形成する好適な熱可塑性樹脂としては、エチレン－ビニルアルコール共重合体、変性ポリエチレン、変性ポリプロピレン等の変性ポリオレフィン、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。 The intermediate layer 34 preferably includes at least a resin. As the resin forming the intermediate layer 34, a thermoplastic resin excellent in adhesion between the lens layer 32 and the transparent resin substrate 12 is preferable.
Suitable thermoplastic resins for forming the intermediate layer 34 include ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, modified polyolefins such as modified polyethylene and modified polypropylene, polyesters, acrylic resins, and urethane resins.
　中間層３４の厚さは０μｍ以上１０μｍ以下の厚さを有していることが好ましく、０μｍ以上０．１μｍ以下の厚さを有することがより好ましい。 The thickness of the intermediate layer 34 is preferably 0 μm or more and 10 μm or less, and more preferably 0 μm or more and 0.1 μm or less.
　次に、延伸積層体２４における透明樹脂基板のインク受容層２２を有する側とは反対側の表面に、中間層３４及びレンズ層３２の各々を形成する方法について説明する。
　透明樹脂基板１２のインク受容層２２を有する側とは反対側に、中間層３４を形成するための第１の熱可塑性樹脂と、レンズ層３２を形成するための第２の熱可塑性樹脂を共押出しする工程と、第２の熱可塑性樹脂側に対向して配置されたレンズ形成用の型を有するエンボスローラ及び透明樹脂基板１２のインク受容層２２側に対向して配置されたニップローラにより、共押出しされた第１の熱可塑性樹脂の層と第２の熱可塑性樹脂の層が設けられた延伸積層体を挟圧し、第２の熱可塑性樹脂の層の表面を加工してレンズを形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。
　更に、中間層３４は、延伸積層体２４における透明樹脂基板１２のインク受容層２２を有する側とは反対側に、予め設けてもよい。即ち、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板と透明樹脂基板の両面に塗布層を有する積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成し、かつ少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、を含むことにより、延伸積層体を作製し、作製された延伸積層体の中間層上に、レンズ層を形成することができる。 Next, a method of forming each of the intermediate layer 34 and the lens layer 32 on the surface of the stretched laminate 24 opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer 22 of the transparent resin substrate will be described.
A first thermoplastic resin for forming the intermediate layer 34 and a second thermoplastic resin for forming the lens layer 32 are co-located on the opposite side of the transparent resin substrate 12 from the side having the ink receiving layer 22. The step of extruding and the embossing roller having the lens forming mold disposed opposite to the second thermoplastic resin side and the nip roller disposed opposite to the ink receiving layer 22 side of the transparent resin substrate 12 are used together. Step of forming a lens by sandwiching the stretched laminate provided with the extruded first thermoplastic resin layer and the second thermoplastic resin layer and processing the surface of the second thermoplastic resin layer And preferably.
Further, the intermediate layer 34 may be provided in advance on the side of the stretched laminate 24 opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer 22 of the transparent resin substrate 12. That is, the ink receiving layer forming coating solution is applied to one side of an unstretched or first stretched transparent resin substrate, and the intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other side of the transparent resin substrate. And a laminate forming step of forming a laminate having a coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate and the transparent resin substrate, and extending the laminate to at least one side of the transparent resin substrate drawn in one direction Forming a stretch laminate by forming an ink receiving layer and forming a laminate on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate that has been stretched in at least one direction. A lens layer can be formed on the intermediate layer of the stretched laminate.
　エンボスローラの表面には、例えば、レンチキュラーレンズ形状を成形するための反転形状が形成されている。延伸積層体の透明樹脂基板の表面に共押出しされた第１の熱可塑性樹脂と第２の熱可塑性樹脂の二層のラミネート層は、エンボスローラとニップローラにより挟圧され、エンボスローラの表面に形成されたレンズの反転形状が第２の熱可塑性樹脂のラミネート層の表面に転写される。レンチキュラーレンズ形状が転写された第２の熱可塑性樹脂のラミネート層は、エンボスローラに巻き付けながら冷却固化される。次に、エンボスローラから第１の熱可塑性樹脂と第２の熱可塑性樹脂の二層のラミネート層を有する延伸積層体を剥離すれば、第２の熱可塑性樹脂のラミネート層の表面にレンチキュラーレンズを有するレンチキュラーレンズ層３２が形成され、本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートが得られる。 The surface of the embossing roller has, for example, a reverse shape for forming a lenticular lens shape. A two-layer laminate of the first thermoplastic resin and the second thermoplastic resin coextruded on the surface of the stretched laminate transparent resin substrate is sandwiched between the embossing roller and the nip roller, and formed on the surface of the embossing roller. The inverted shape of the lens is transferred onto the surface of the second thermoplastic resin laminate layer. The laminate layer of the second thermoplastic resin to which the lenticular lens shape is transferred is cooled and solidified while being wound around the embossing roller. Next, if the stretched laminate having a two-layer laminate of the first thermoplastic resin and the second thermoplastic resin is peeled off from the embossing roller, a lenticular lens is formed on the surface of the laminate layer of the second thermoplastic resin. The lenticular lens layer 32 is formed, and the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is obtained.
　エンボスローラの材質としては、各種鉄鋼部材、ステンレス鋼、銅、亜鉛、真鍮、これらの金属材料を芯金として硬質クロムメッキ（ＨＣｒメッキ）、Ｃｕメッキ、Ｎｉメッキ等のメッキを施したもの、セラミックス、及び各種の複合材料が採用できる。
　また、ニップローラは、エンボスローラに対向配置され、エンボスローラとで樹脂層、透明樹脂基板と透明熱可塑性樹脂を挟圧するためのローラである。ニップローラの材質としては、各種鉄鋼部材、ステンレス鋼、銅、亜鉛、真鍮、これらの金属材料を芯金として、表面にゴムライニングしたものが採用できる。 Embossing roller materials include various steel members, stainless steel, copper, zinc, brass, hard chrome plating (HCr plating), Cu plating, Ni plating, etc. with these metal materials as core metal, ceramics , And various composite materials can be employed.
The nip roller is disposed opposite to the embossing roller, and is a roller for sandwiching the resin layer, the transparent resin substrate, and the transparent thermoplastic resin with the embossing roller. As a material of the nip roller, various steel members, stainless steel, copper, zinc, brass, or a metal lining of these metal materials can be used.
　エンボスローラの温度は、挟圧部での第２の熱可塑性樹脂の温度がガラス転移温度以上となるように設定される。第２の熱可塑性樹脂ラミネート層への型転写が完了する前に冷却固化しないようにするためである。 The temperature of the embossing roller is set so that the temperature of the second thermoplastic resin at the pinching portion is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature. This is to prevent the mold from being cooled and solidified before the mold transfer to the second thermoplastic resin laminate layer is completed.
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの厚みは、３０μｍ以上４００μｍ以下の範囲であることが適当である。本開示によれば、機械的強度や画像認識性の点で製造の難易度が比較的高い薄手のレンチキュラーシート、例えば厚みが１００μｍ以上２００μｍ以下の範囲にあるレンチキュラーシートを容易に得ることができる。 The thickness of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is suitably in the range of 30 μm to 400 μm. According to the present disclosure, a thin lenticular sheet having a relatively high manufacturing difficulty in terms of mechanical strength and image recognition, for example, a lenticular sheet having a thickness in the range of 100 μm to 200 μm can be easily obtained.
－レンチキュラーシートの製造方法－
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法の第一の態様は、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して透明樹脂基板と塗布層との積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、積層体延伸工程で少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、を含む。
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法の第二の態様は、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板と透明樹脂基板の両面に塗布層を有する積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成し、かつ少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、積層体延伸工程で少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に形成された中間層の上に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、を含む。 -Lenticular sheet manufacturing method-
In a first aspect of the method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure, a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate that is not stretched or stretched in a first direction. Forming a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer, and stretching the laminate to form an ink receiving layer on one side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction A laminate extending step, and a lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction in the laminate extending step.
In a second aspect of the method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure, a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer is applied to one surface of an unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in a first direction. Then, the intermediate layer forming coating solution is applied to the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, and the laminate is formed to form a laminate having the coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate and the transparent resin substrate, and the laminate is stretched A laminate in which an ink receiving layer is formed on one side of a transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, and an intermediate layer is formed on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction Formation of a lenticular lens layer on the intermediate layer formed on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction in the stretching step and the laminate stretching step Process and Including the.
　インク受容層形成用塗布液は、インク受容層に含まれる各成分と、塗布溶媒とを含む。
〈塗布溶媒〉
　インク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布溶媒としては、水、又は、グリコール系溶媒、エーテル系溶媒などの有機溶剤を用いることができる。
　透明樹脂基板の一方の表面に、インク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布する塗布方式としてはバー塗布（バーコート法塗布）、スリット塗布、スプレー塗布、スピン塗布等が含まれる。
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法における積層体形成工程、積層体延伸工程、及び、レンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程の詳細は、既述のとおりである。 The ink receiving layer forming coating solution contains each component contained in the ink receiving layer and a coating solvent.
<Coating solvent>
As a coating solvent for the ink receiving layer forming coating solution, water or an organic solvent such as a glycol solvent or an ether solvent can be used.
Examples of the coating method for applying the coating liquid for forming the ink receiving layer on one surface of the transparent resin substrate include bar coating (bar coating method coating), slit coating, spray coating, and spin coating.
The details of the layered body forming step, the layered body stretching step, and the lenticular lens layer forming step in the method of manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure are as described above.
　本開示の第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層の表面に視差画像を形成する方法としては、高精細な視差画像を印刷することが容易なオフセット印刷方法が好ましい。
　オフセット印刷に使用されるインク組成物としては、公知のものであれば特に限定されず、一般的な空気中の酸素により硬化する酸化重合型インク組成物、活性光線の照射により硬化する紫外線硬化型インク組成物、さらに溶剤を含まない無溶剤系の紫外線硬化型インク組成物などが挙げられる。
　市販品としては、例えば、ＷＥＢ　ＷＯＲＬＤ（登録商標）シリーズ、ＷＥＢ　ＺＥＴＴ（登録商標）シリーズ、ダイキュア（登録商標）シリーズ（いずれもＤＩＣグラフィックス株式会社製）などが挙げられる。
　なお、インク受容層の表面に視差画像を形成する方法としては、オフセット印刷に限定されず、インクジェット印刷でも高精細な視差画像を形成することができる。 As a method of forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure, an offset printing method that can easily print a high-definition parallax image is preferable.
The ink composition used for offset printing is not particularly limited as long as it is a known ink composition, and is an oxidation polymerization type ink composition that is cured by oxygen in general air, and an ultraviolet curable type that is cured by irradiation with actinic rays. Examples of the ink composition include a solvent-free ultraviolet curable ink composition that does not contain a solvent.
Examples of commercially available products include WEB WORLD (registered trademark) series, WEB ZETT (registered trademark) series, Dicure (registered trademark) series (all manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation), and the like.
The method for forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer is not limited to offset printing, and a high-definition parallax image can be formed even by inkjet printing.
－第２実施形態－
　本開示の第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、透明樹脂基板と、透明樹脂基板の一方の面に接して設けられた第１インク受容層と、第１インク受容層の透明樹脂基板側とは反対側に設けられた第２インク受容層と、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有し、第１インク受容層は、透明樹脂基板に対する密着性が、第２インク受容層の透明樹脂基板に対する密着性よりも高い層であり、第２インク受容層は、インクに対する密着性が、第１インク受容層のインクに対する密着性よりも高い層である。
　以下、第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートについて具体的に説明する。以下の説明において、第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートと重複する内容については説明を省略する場合がある。 -Second Embodiment-
The lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure includes a transparent resin substrate, a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate, and the transparent resin substrate side of the first ink receiving layer. A second ink receiving layer provided on the opposite side, and a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, wherein the first ink receiving layer has an adhesion to the transparent resin substrate. The second ink receiving layer is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink than the ink of the first ink receiving layer.
Hereinafter, the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment will be specifically described. In the following description, the description overlapping with the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment may be omitted.
　本開示の第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、例えば、図２に模式的に示すように、透明樹脂基板４２と、透明樹脂基板４２の一方の面に接して設けられた第１インク受容層２８Ａと、第１インク受容層２８Ａの透明樹脂基板４２側とは反対側に設けられた第２インク受容層２８Ｂと、透明樹脂基板４２の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層３２と、を有する。第１インク受容層２８Ａは、透明樹脂基板４２に対する密着性が、第２インク受容層２８Ｂの透明樹脂基板４２に対する密着性よりも高い層であり、第２インク受容層２８Ｂは、インクに対する密着性が、第１インク受容層２８Ａのインクに対する密着性よりも高い層である。なお、図２に示すレンチキュラーシート４０では、図１に示すレンチキュラーシート１０と同様、透明樹脂基板４２とレンチキュラーレンズ層３２との間に中間層４４が設けられている。 The lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure includes, for example, a transparent resin substrate 42 and a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate 42 as schematically illustrated in FIG. 28A, a second ink receiving layer 28B provided on the side opposite to the transparent resin substrate 42 side of the first ink receiving layer 28A, a lenticular lens layer 32 provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate 42, Have The first ink receiving layer 28A is a layer whose adhesion to the transparent resin substrate 42 is higher than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer 28B to the transparent resin substrate 42, and the second ink receiving layer 28B is an adhesion to ink. However, this is a layer having higher adhesion to the ink of the first ink receiving layer 28A. In the lenticular sheet 40 shown in FIG. 2, an intermediate layer 44 is provided between the transparent resin substrate 42 and the lenticular lens layer 32, as in the lenticular sheet 10 shown in FIG.
［透明樹脂基板］
　第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートにおける透明樹脂基板としては、未延伸フィルム、一軸延伸フィルム、又は二軸延伸フィルムを使用することができる。製造コスト、熱による変形抑制、基板の厚み、基板の強度等の観点から、透明樹脂基板としては、二軸延伸フィルムが好ましく、二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましい。
　第２実施形態で用いられる透明樹脂基板の構成材料、厚み等は、第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートに含まれる透明樹脂基板と同様である。 [Transparent resin substrate]
As the transparent resin substrate in the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment, an unstretched film, a uniaxially stretched film, or a biaxially stretched film can be used. From the viewpoints of production cost, suppression of deformation due to heat, substrate thickness, substrate strength, and the like, the transparent resin substrate is preferably a biaxially stretched film, and is preferably a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film.
The constituent material, thickness, and the like of the transparent resin substrate used in the second embodiment are the same as those of the transparent resin substrate included in the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment.
＜第１インク受容層及び第２インク受容層＞
　透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に、インク受容層として、透明樹脂基板側から第１インク受容層と第２インク受容層とが積層されて設けられている。第１インク受容層は、透明樹脂基板に対する密着性が、第２インク受容層の透明樹脂基板に対する密着性よりも高い層により構成され、第２インク受容層は、インクに対する密着性が、第１インク受容層のインクに対する密着性よりも高い層により構成されている。透明樹脂基板に対して第２インク受容層よりも高い密着性を示す第１インク受容層が透明樹脂基板と接して設けられていることで、インク受容層全体として透明樹脂基板に対する高い密着性を確保することができる。一方、第１インク受容層の透明樹脂基板側とは反対側の面に、視差画像を形成するインク（例えば紫外線硬化型のインク組成物）に対して第１インク受容層よりも高い密着性を示す第２インク受容層が設けられていることで、第２インク受容層の表面にインクによって視差画像を形成したときに高いインク密着性を確保することができる。 <First ink receiving layer and second ink receiving layer>
On one surface side of the transparent resin substrate, a first ink receiving layer and a second ink receiving layer are laminated as an ink receiving layer from the transparent resin substrate side. The first ink receiving layer is composed of a layer having higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer to the transparent resin substrate, and the second ink receiving layer has first adhesion to the ink. The ink receiving layer is composed of a layer having higher adhesion to ink. Since the first ink receiving layer showing higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the second ink receiving layer is provided in contact with the transparent resin substrate, the entire ink receiving layer has high adhesion to the transparent resin substrate. Can be secured. On the other hand, on the surface of the first ink receiving layer opposite to the transparent resin substrate side, the first ink receiving layer has higher adhesion than the first ink receiving layer with respect to ink that forms a parallax image (for example, an ultraviolet curable ink composition). By providing the second ink receiving layer shown, high ink adhesion can be ensured when a parallax image is formed with ink on the surface of the second ink receiving layer.
　第１インク受容層と第２インク受容層を構成する材料は、使用する透明樹脂基板及びインクに応じて選択すればよい。例えば、第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートにおけるインク受容層の形成に用いられる樹脂、架橋剤、界面活性剤、滑剤等から、それぞれ選択すればよい。具体的には、第１インク受容層及び第２インク受容層が、それぞれ独立して、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂、並びに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 The materials constituting the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer may be selected according to the transparent resin substrate and the ink to be used. For example, what is necessary is just to each select from resin used for formation of the ink receiving layer in the lenticular sheet which concerns on 1st Embodiment, a crosslinking agent, surfactant, a lubricant, etc. Specifically, it is preferable that the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer each independently contain at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent.
　第１インク受容層及び第２インク受容層の厚みは特に限定されないが、透明樹脂基板又はインクとの密着性、膜厚均一性等の観点から、例えば、それぞれ、０．０２～１．５μｍの範囲の厚みとすることが好ましい。
　なお、第１インク受容層と第２インク受容層との間にさらに第３インク受容層を設けてもよい。 The thicknesses of the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the transparent resin substrate or ink, film thickness uniformity, etc., for example, each of 0.02 to 1.5 μm is used. A thickness within the range is preferable.
A third ink receiving layer may be further provided between the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer.
＜レンチキュラーレンズ層＞
　第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートは、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側、すなわち、透明樹脂基板の第１インク受容層が設けられた面とは反対の面側に凸状レンズ（レンズ）が並列したレンチキュラーレンズ層（レンズ層）が設けられている。
　レンズ層の構成材料、厚み等は、第１実施形態におけるレンチキュラーレンズ層と同様である。
　また、第１実施形態と同様、レンズ層は、透明樹脂基板上に中間層を介して設けられていることが好ましい。
　中間層の構成材料、厚み等は、第１実施形態における中間層と同様である。 <Lenticular lens layer>
In the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment, convex lenses (lenses) are arranged in parallel on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate, that is, on the surface opposite to the surface on which the first ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate is provided. A lenticular lens layer (lens layer) is provided.
The constituent material, thickness, and the like of the lens layer are the same as those of the lenticular lens layer in the first embodiment.
As in the first embodiment, the lens layer is preferably provided on the transparent resin substrate via an intermediate layer.
The constituent material, thickness, and the like of the intermediate layer are the same as those of the intermediate layer in the first embodiment.
－第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法－
　本開示の第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法は、透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に第１インク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して第１インク受容層を形成する第１インク受容層形成工程と、第１インク受容層の表面に第２インク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して第２インク受容層を形成する第２インク受容層形成工程と、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側、すなわち、第１インク受容層を形成する面とは反対側に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、を含む。
　本開示の第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの製造方法は、レンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程の前に、透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層形成用塗布液を塗布して中間層を形成する中間層形成工程を含んでもよい。 -Lenticular sheet manufacturing method according to the second embodiment-
In the method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure, a first ink receiving layer is formed by applying a first ink receiving layer forming coating solution to one surface side of a transparent resin substrate. A layer forming step, a second ink receiving layer forming step of forming a second ink receiving layer by applying a second ink receiving layer forming coating liquid on the surface of the first ink receiving layer, and the other surface of the transparent resin substrate. A lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on the side, that is, the side opposite to the surface on which the first ink receiving layer is formed.
In the method for manufacturing a lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure, an intermediate layer is formed by applying an intermediate layer forming coating solution to the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate before the lenticular lens layer forming step. A layer forming step may be included.
　第２インク受容層は第１インク受容層の後に形成し、中間層を形成する場合は、中間層を形成した後、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成する必要があるが、第１インク受容層形成工程と中間層形成工程との順序、及び、第２インク受容層形成工程と中間層形成工程との順序は特に限定されない。
　例えば、第１インク受容層形成工程、中間層形成工程、第２インク受容層形成工程、レンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程の順序で各層を形成してもよい。また、透明樹脂基板の両面側でそれぞれ層を形成する工程を重複して進行してもよく、例えば、第１インク受容層及び第２インク受容層のいずれか一方を形成する工程と、中間層及びレンチキュラーレンズ層のいずれか一方を形成する工程を重複して進行してもよい。 The second ink receiving layer is formed after the first ink receiving layer, and when forming the intermediate layer, it is necessary to form the lenticular lens layer after forming the intermediate layer. The order of the intermediate layer forming step and the order of the second ink receiving layer forming step and the intermediate layer forming step are not particularly limited.
For example, each layer may be formed in the order of a first ink receiving layer forming step, an intermediate layer forming step, a second ink receiving layer forming step, and a lenticular lens layer forming step. Further, the step of forming the layers on both sides of the transparent resin substrate may proceed in an overlapping manner, for example, the step of forming one of the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer, and the intermediate layer And the process of forming either one of the lenticular lens layer may be repeated in advance.
－レンチキュラー表示体－
　本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、第１実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層の表面、又は、第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートの第２インク受容層の表面に視差画像（以下、「レンチキュラー画像」と記す場合がある。）を含む画像層が設けられている。 -Lenticular display-
The lenticular display according to the present disclosure has a parallax image (hereinafter referred to as “lenticular”) on the surface of the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the surface of the second ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to the second embodiment. An image layer including an “image” may be provided.
　本開示のレンチキュラー表示体における視差画像は特に限定されず、表示目的の画像（表示用視差画像）に応じて形成すればよい。通常は、レンチキュラーレンズ層の表示側に配列されたレンズごとに、レンチキュラーレンズ層のレンズの配列方向に、２種以上（複数種）の表示用視差画像（以下、レンズの長手方向と平行に配置され、表示用視差画像を構成する帯状の画像を「画像列」という場合がある。）が配列される。 The parallax image in the lenticular display body of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may be formed according to a display target image (display parallax image). Usually, for each lens arranged on the display side of the lenticular lens layer, two or more (plural) display parallax images (hereinafter referred to as parallel to the longitudinal direction of the lens) are arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer. The band-shaped images constituting the display parallax image may be referred to as “image sequence”).
　本開示に係るレンチキュラーシートは、インク受容層に高精細で画像を形成することできるため、例えば、文字情報を変化（チェンジング）させるレンチキュラー表示体を製造する場合に好適に用いることができる。ここで、本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例として、文字情報を複数の言語で独立して表示させる場合について具体的に説明する。 Since the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure can form an image with high definition on the ink receiving layer, it can be suitably used, for example, when manufacturing a lenticular display body that changes (changing) character information. Here, as an example of the lenticular display according to the present disclosure, a case where character information is independently displayed in a plurality of languages will be specifically described.
　本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、レンチキュラーレンズ層と、複数の言語でそれぞれ独立して表示させるための文字情報を含むレンチキュラー画像と、を有し、レンチキュラーレンズ層を介してレンチキュラー画像を観察したときに、観察角度によって文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わるように構成されている。 The lenticular display according to the present embodiment has a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular image including character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages, and the lenticular image was observed through the lenticular lens layer. Sometimes, the language for displaying the character information is switched depending on the observation angle.
　本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、観察角度の変化によって表示言語が切り替わる構成を有するため、１つの言語による一般的な名刺に比べ、複数の言語表示による情報量が増えるにもかかわらず、各言語の文字を小さくしたり、記録媒体自体を大きくする必要がない。そのため、例えば名刺のように表示面が小さくても、文字情報を複数の言語によって高い判読性を持って表示することができる。
　また、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、１枚で観察角度によって表示言語を切り替えることができるため、冊子のように嵩張らず、液晶パネル等の電子媒体及び電源が不要であり、使用する場所も限定されず、安価に製造することができる。そのため、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、例えば、名刺のように相手に手渡したり、衣類のポケット等に入れて携帯するようなサイズの小さい表示体としても好適に利用することができる。 The lenticular display according to the present embodiment has a configuration in which the display language is switched according to the change in the observation angle, so that each information item is displayed in a plurality of languages compared to a general business card in one language. There is no need to reduce the language characters or increase the size of the recording medium itself. For this reason, even if the display surface is small, such as a business card, character information can be displayed with high legibility in a plurality of languages.
In addition, since the lenticular display according to the present embodiment can switch the display language depending on the viewing angle with a single sheet, it is not bulky like a booklet, does not require an electronic medium such as a liquid crystal panel, and a power source, and is a place to use However, it can be manufactured at low cost. Therefore, the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment can be suitably used as a small-sized display body that is handed over to a partner, such as a business card, or carried in a pocket of clothing.
　以下、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例である名刺について説明する。なお、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は名刺に限定されず、文字情報を含む表示体であれば特に制限なく適用することができる。
　図３は、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例である名刺（以下、「レンチキュラー名刺」と記す場合がある。）５０を示す概略図である。名刺には、一般的に、使用者の氏名、所属組織の名称、肩書き、住所、電話番号、ＦＡＸ番号、Ｅ-ｍａｉｌアドレス、ＵＲＬ等の文字情報が含まれる。図３に示すレンチキュラー名刺５０は、これらの文字情報が、観察する角度によって３つの言語（第１言語、第２言語、第３言語）で切り替わるように構成されている。
　以下、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の構成について具体的に説明する。 Hereinafter, a business card which is an example of a lenticular display according to the present embodiment will be described. In addition, the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment is not limited to a business card, and can be applied without particular limitation as long as it is a display body including character information.
FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing a business card 50 (hereinafter may be referred to as “lenticular business card”) 50 as an example of a lenticular display body according to the present embodiment. A business card generally includes character information such as a user's name, the name of an organization, a title, an address, a telephone number, a FAX number, an E-mail address, and a URL. The lenticular business card 50 shown in FIG. 3 is configured such that the character information is switched between three languages (first language, second language, and third language) depending on the viewing angle.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the lenticular display according to the present embodiment will be specifically described.
（レンチキュラーレンズ層）
　本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、レンチキュラーシートとして、前述した第１実施形態又は第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートを用いる。
　なお、本実施形態におけるレンチキュラーレンズ層を構成するレンズ１本当たりの幅は特に限定されず、目的によってレンズのピッチ幅を選択すればよい。通常、１インチ（２．５４ｃｍ）当たりのレンズの数を表したＬＰＩ（Ｌｉｎｅ　Ｐｅｒ　Ｉｎｃｈ）を用いることが多い。１００ＬＰＩは１インチ当たり１００本（１００列）のレンズがあることを示しており、レンズのピッチは２５４μｍである。１インチ当たりの線数（レンズの配列数）が多くなればなるほどレンズのピッチは小さくなり、精細度が向上する。
　精細度の低いレンチキュラーシート（例えば６０ＬＰＩなど）は、観察位置が比較的遠い図柄を表示するポスターなどに使うには適しているが、名刺など小さい文字情報を読ませることを目的とする場合は、レンチキュラーレンズ層を構成するレンズが、２．５４ｃｍ（１インチ）当たり１００列以上並列していることが好ましい。一方、レンチキュラー画像の解像度の観点から、レンチキュラーレンズ層を構成する凸状レンズの配列数は、２．５４ｃｍ当たり２００列（２００ＬＰＩ）以下であることがより好ましい。 (Lenticular lens layer)
The lenticular display body according to the present embodiment uses the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the second embodiment described above as the lenticular sheet.
In addition, the width | variety per lens which comprises the lenticular lens layer in this embodiment is not specifically limited, What is necessary is just to select the pitch width of a lens according to the objective. Usually, LPI (Line Per Inch) representing the number of lenses per inch (2.54 cm) is often used. 100 LPI indicates that there are 100 lenses (100 rows) per inch, and the lens pitch is 254 μm. The greater the number of lines per inch (number of lenses arranged), the smaller the lens pitch and the better the definition.
A low-definition lenticular sheet (for example, 60 LPI) is suitable for use in a poster or the like that displays a pattern that is relatively far from the observation position, but when it is intended to read small text information such as a business card, It is preferable that 100 or more rows of lenses constituting the lenticular lens layer are arranged in parallel per 1 inch. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the resolution of the lenticular image, the number of convex lenses constituting the lenticular lens layer is more preferably 200 rows (2.5 LPI) or less per 2.54 cm.
（レンチキュラー画像）
　本実施形態におけるレンチキュラー画像は、複数の言語でそれぞれ独立して表示させるための文字情報を含んでいる。レンチキュラー画像は、レンチキュラーレンズ層を介してレンチキュラー画像を観察したときに、観察角度によって文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わるように形成されている。
　レンチキュラー画像の形成方法は特に限定されず、例えば、オフセット印刷、インクジェット印刷等が挙げられる。デマンド印刷の観点でインクジェット印刷の方が好ましい。
　いずれの印刷方法を採用するにせよ、レンチキュラー画像の形成において印刷されるドットは、（凸状レンズのピッチ÷レンズ１つ当たりの画像列の数）以下であることが好ましい。例えば、１００ＬＰＩのレンズ（レンズピッチ：２５４μｍ）で、レンズごとに１２列の画像列を形成する場合は、２５４μｍ÷１２≒２１μｍ以下のドット径であることが好ましい。ドット径が小さくなるほど、表示される画像は鮮明となり、かつ、切り替え時の残像感及び切れ（鋭さ）が改善される。
　例えば、名刺の場合、名前は最も大きな文字とすることが多い。そのような場合、残像感を軽減するためには、ゴシック調のような線幅の太いフォントではなく、線幅の細い、例えば明朝体のようなフォントを用いることが好ましい。 (Lenticular image)
The lenticular image in the present embodiment includes character information to be displayed independently in a plurality of languages. The lenticular image is formed such that when the lenticular image is observed through the lenticular lens layer, the language for displaying the character information is switched depending on the observation angle.
The method for forming the lenticular image is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include offset printing and inkjet printing. Ink jet printing is preferred from the viewpoint of demand printing.
Regardless of which printing method is adopted, it is preferable that the number of dots printed in the formation of the lenticular image is equal to or less than (the pitch of the convex lens / the number of image rows per lens). For example, when forming 12 image rows for each lens with a lens of 100 LPI (lens pitch: 254 μm), it is preferable that the dot diameter is 254 μm ÷ 12≈21 μm or less. The smaller the dot diameter, the clearer the displayed image, and the afterimage feeling and sharpness (sharpness) at the time of switching are improved.
For example, in the case of a business card, the name is often the largest character. In such a case, in order to reduce the afterimage feeling, it is preferable to use a font having a thin line width, such as a Mincho font, instead of a font having a large line width such as Gothic.
　図４は、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一部における凸状レンズ３２Ａと、各表示言語を構成する画像列の配置の一例を示す概略図である。図４に示すレンチキュラー表示体では、インク受容層２２の表面（透明樹脂基板１２の反対側）に画像層２６が形成されており、レンチキュラー画像として第１言語用画像列、第２言語用画像列、及び第３言語用画像列が、それぞれ凸状レンズ３２Ａの長手方向（レンチキュラーレンズ１２の平滑面において凸状レンズ１２Ａの配列方向ｙに対して垂直方向）と平行に配置されている。各言語用画素列は、１本の凸状レンズ３２Ａ下において、それぞれ４本ずつの群（画像列群）を成して凸状レンズ３２Ａの幅方向に配置されている。 FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the arrangement of the convex lens 32A in a part of the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment and the image sequence constituting each display language. In the lenticular display shown in FIG. 4, an image layer 26 is formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (opposite side of the transparent resin substrate 12), and a first language image row and a second language image row are used as lenticular images. , And the third language image sequence are arranged in parallel with the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A (perpendicular to the arrangement direction y of the convex lenses 12A on the smooth surface of the lenticular lens 12). Each language pixel column is arranged in the width direction of the convex lens 32A in a group of four (an image column group) under one convex lens 32A.
　このように各凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に、３つの言語にそれぞれ応じた画像列が配置されていることで、観察者がレンチキュラーレンズ層３２を通じて、例えば各凸状レンズ下に配置されている第１言語用画像列が視野に入る角度で観察したときに、各第１言語用画像列のみが文字情報として視覚的に合成される。これにより、観察者は、図３（Ａ）に示すように第１言語による文字情報を判読することができる。第２言語用画像列及び第３言語用画像列についても同様であり、各凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に配置されている各言語用画像列が視野に入る角度で観察して合成されることで、それぞれ、図３（Ｂ）又は図３（Ｃ）に示すように各言語による文字情報を判読することができる。 As described above, the image rows corresponding to the three languages are arranged under the respective convex lenses 32A, so that the observer is arranged through the lenticular lens layer 32, for example, under the respective convex lenses. When the language image sequence is observed at an angle of view, only the first language image sequence is visually synthesized as character information. As a result, the observer can read the character information in the first language as shown in FIG. The same applies to the second language image sequence and the third language image sequence, and each language image sequence arranged under each convex lens 32A is observed and synthesized at an angle entering the field of view. As shown in FIG. 3B or FIG. 3C, the character information in each language can be read.
　なお、レンチキュラーレンズ層３２を構成する凸状レンズ３２Ａの長手方向と各画像列の長手方向との関係は、平行でもよいし、垂直でもよいが、凸状レンズ３２Ａの長手方向と各画像列の長手方向が平行に配置されていることが好ましい。例えば、図５に示すように、各表示言語の文字列がｘ方向に配置されており、各表示言語を構成する各画像列の長手方向がｘ方向である場合、レンチキュラーレンズ層３２の凸状レンズ３２Ａの長手方向もｘ方向であることが好ましい。このように、凸状レンズ３２Ａの長手方向と各画像列の長手方向が平行に配置されていれば、図６に示すようにレンチキュラー表示体５０を観察したときに、観察者の視線Ｓに対して、ｘ方向（各画像列の長手方向及び凸状レンズの長手方向）と垂直となるｙ方向の角度を相対的に変化させることで図３に示すように各表示言語に切り替えることができる。 The relationship between the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A constituting the lenticular lens layer 32 and the longitudinal direction of each image row may be parallel or vertical, but the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A and each image row may be It is preferable that the longitudinal directions are arranged in parallel. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, when the character strings of each display language are arranged in the x direction and the longitudinal direction of each image string constituting each display language is the x direction, the convex shape of the lenticular lens layer 32 The longitudinal direction of the lens 32A is also preferably the x direction. Thus, if the longitudinal direction of the convex lens 32A and the longitudinal direction of each image row are arranged in parallel, when the lenticular display body 50 is observed as shown in FIG. By switching the angle in the y direction perpendicular to the x direction (the longitudinal direction of each image row and the longitudinal direction of the convex lens), the display language can be switched as shown in FIG.
　図４に示す例では、１つの凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に３つの言語を構成する画像列がそれぞれ４本ずつ、合計１２列の画像列が配列しているが、各凸状レンズ３２Ａ下の画像列の配列は図４に示す例に限定されない。例えば、１つの凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に配置されている画素列の数は１２列に限定されず、表示する言語数以上（例えば、３言語で表示する場合は３列以上）であればよい。なお、１つの凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に配列される画像列の数が多いほど解像度が高くなるが、画像列群のデータ容量が大きくなるため、１つの凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に配置される画像列の数は１２列以下であることが好ましい。 In the example shown in FIG. 4, four image rows constituting three languages are arranged under one convex lens 32A, and a total of 12 image rows are arranged, but the image under each convex lens 32A. The arrangement of the columns is not limited to the example shown in FIG. For example, the number of pixel columns arranged under one convex lens 32A is not limited to twelve, and may be more than the number of languages to be displayed (for example, three or more when displaying in three languages). Note that the larger the number of image rows arranged under one convex lens 32A, the higher the resolution. However, since the data capacity of the image row group increases, the image row arranged under one convex lens 32A. Is preferably 12 columns or less.
　各言語で表示される角度は各凸状レンズ３２Ａ下に配列されている各表示言語の画像列群の幅（本数）で調整することができる。例えば、図３及び図４に示すように３つの言語で表示切り替えを行い、かつ、第２言語で表示する観察角度を広げたい場合は、１つの凸状レンズ３２Ａ下における第２言語用画像列の配列数を他の言語用画像列の配列数よりも多くすればばよい。例えば、１つの凸状レンズ下において、第２言語用画素列を６列とし、第１言語用画素列及び第３言語用画素列をそれぞれ３列とすることで、第２言語での観察角度を広くすることができる。 The angle displayed in each language can be adjusted by the width (number) of image row groups in each display language arranged under each convex lens 32A. For example, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, when the display is switched in three languages and the viewing angle to be displayed in the second language is to be expanded, the second language image sequence under one convex lens 32A. It is sufficient to increase the number of arrangements of the images in the image sequence for other languages. For example, under one convex lens, the second language pixel column is set to six columns, and the first language pixel column and the third language pixel column are each set to three columns, whereby the observation angle in the second language is set. Can be widened.
　図３及び図４に示すレンチキュラー表示体５０の例は、観察角度によって３言語で切り替わる形態であるが、表示される言語は２言語以上であれば限定されず、４言語以上で切り替わるように各言語用画像列を配列してもよい。だだし、表示言語数を増やすほど解像度が低下し、小さい文字又は細い線で書かれた文字は判読し難くなる。また、表示言語数を増やすほど、各表示言語の観察角度が狭くなり、異種言語間の文字が重なって見える角度が増え易くなる。多数の言語で表示し、かつ、高い判読性を維持する観点から、片面で切り替えられる言語数は３言語以上４言語以下とすることが好ましい。 The example of the lenticular display body 50 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 is a form that switches in three languages depending on the observation angle, but the displayed language is not limited as long as it is two or more languages. Language image sequences may be arranged. However, as the number of display languages increases, the resolution decreases, and it becomes difficult to read small characters or characters written with thin lines. Further, as the number of display languages is increased, the observation angle of each display language is narrowed, and the angle at which characters between different languages are seen easily overlap. From the viewpoint of displaying in many languages and maintaining high legibility, the number of languages that can be switched on one side is preferably 3 languages or more and 4 languages or less.
　図７は、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体の一例として、名刺の文字情報を日本語と英語に切り替えて表示する例を示している。図７（Ａ）に示す日本語表示では、上から順に、所属組織のロゴマーク、所属部署、肩書き、氏名、所属組織名、住所、電話番号、ＦＡＸ番号、Ｅ-ｍａｉｌアドレスの順で記載されている。一方、図７（Ｂ）に示す英語表示では、所属組織のロゴマーク、名前、肩書き、所属部署、所属組織名、住所、電話番号、ＦＡＸ番号、Ｅ-ｍａｉｌアドレスの順で記載されている。 FIG. 7 shows an example in which the character information of the business card is switched between Japanese and English as an example of the lenticular display according to the present embodiment. In the Japanese display shown in FIG. 7A, in order from the top, the organization's logo, department, title, name, organization name, address, telephone number, FAX number, E-mail address are listed in this order. ing. On the other hand, in the English display shown in FIG. 7B, the logo of the affiliated organization, name, title, affiliated department, affiliated organization name, address, telephone number, FAX number, and E-mail address are listed in this order.
　このように表示言語が異なる場合、文字自体が異なるだけでなく、表示する位置や順序が一部で異なる場合があるが、図７に示す２つの表示言語において、所属組織のロゴマークとＥ-ｍａｉｌアドレスの表示は共通する。また、電話番号の一部（3-1234-0000）とＦＡＸ番号の一部（3-1234-1111）も共通する。また、図示されていないが、ＵＲＬも各言語で共通する。
　このように異なる言語表示間で、文字自体が共通する事項、及び、ロゴマーク等の文字以外の画像が共通する事項（以下、「共通事項」と総称する場合がある。）が、各言語での表示面で異なる位置に表示されると、表示が切り替る際に、残像感があり、文字も小さいため判読し難くなる可能性がある。そこで、共通事項については、図７（Ａ）及び図７（Ｂ）に示すように、観察角度が変化してもそれぞれ同じ位置に表示されるように配置されていることが好ましい。ここで「同じ位置に表示される」とは、表示言語が切り替わったときに全く位置が変化しないことのみを意味するのではなく、観察角度を変化させるに従って２つの言語表示が重なって表示されるときでも、見かけ上の位置が変化せず、共通事項であることを認識できることを意味する。このように共通事項については同じ位置に表示されることで、観察角度が変化して表示言語が切り替わったり、２つの表示言語が重なったりしても、表示箇所が変化しないため、判読し易いという効果が得られる。 When the display languages are different in this way, not only the characters themselves are different, but also the display position and order may be partially different. However, in the two display languages shown in FIG. The display of the mail address is common. Also, a part of the telephone number (3-1234-0000) and a part of the FAX number (3-1234-1111) are common. Moreover, although not shown in figure, URL is also common in each language.
As described above, the matters common to the characters themselves and the matters common to the images other than the characters such as logo marks (hereinafter may be collectively referred to as “common matters”) between the different language displays in each language. Are displayed at different positions on the display surface, there is a feeling of afterimage when the display is switched, and there is a possibility that it is difficult to read because the characters are small. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the common items are preferably arranged so as to be displayed at the same position even when the observation angle changes. Here, “displayed at the same position” does not only mean that the position does not change at all when the display language is switched, but two language displays are overlapped as the observation angle is changed. This means that even when the apparent position does not change, it can be recognized that it is a common item. In this way, common items are displayed at the same position, so that even if the viewing angle changes and the display language is switched or the two display languages overlap, the display location does not change, so it is easy to read. An effect is obtained.
　なお、文字情報を３言語以上で表示可能とする場合、共通事項は、表示する全ての言語で共通する必要はなく、少なくとも２つの言語間で共通する共通事項を同じ位置で表示させることで判読性の向上を図ることができる。例えば、日本語、英語、中国語で表示言語の切り替えを行うことができる場合、日本語と中国語のみで共通する共通事項は、日本語表示と中国語表示で同じ位置に配置されていることで判読性を向上させることができる。 When character information can be displayed in three or more languages, common items do not need to be common to all displayed languages, but are read by displaying common items common to at least two languages at the same position. It is possible to improve the performance. For example, when the display language can be switched between Japanese, English, and Chinese, common items that are common only to Japanese and Chinese must be placed in the same position in Japanese and Chinese display. Can improve legibility.
　本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、文字情報以外の画像を含んでいてもよい。例えば、レンチキュラー名刺であれば、文字以外の組織のロゴマーク、使用者の顔写真等の画像を含んでいてもよい。このような文字情報以外の画像は、観察角度によって表示言語とともに切り替わるようにしてもよいし、観察角度を変えても変化しない画像としてもよい。 The lenticular display according to the present embodiment may include an image other than character information. For example, in the case of a lenticular business card, it may include an image such as a logo mark of a tissue other than letters and a user's face photo. Such images other than character information may be switched together with the display language depending on the observation angle, or may be an image that does not change even when the observation angle is changed.
　本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、一方の面のみ表示言語が変化し、他方の面は、無地又は固定した画像が表示される構成としてもよい。また、レンチキュラーレンズ層及びレンチキュラー画像を両面に有し、両面において、それぞれ観察角度によって文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる構成としてもよい。このように両面で文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる構成とする場合、両面で同様に言語が切り替わるようにしてもよいし、両面で互いに異なる表示言語に切り替わるようにしてもよい。例えば、レンチキュラー名刺の場合、一方の面では、第１言語～第３言語による表示切替とし、他方の面では、第４言語～第６言語による表示切替となるように両面にそれぞれレンチキュラーレンズ層とレンチキュラー画像を配置すれば、６つの言語での表示が可能となる。
　また、レンチキュラー名刺の一方の面では、所属組織、氏名等の文字情報を第１言語～第３言語で表示が切り替わる構成とし、他方の面では、所属組織の事業内容等の広告を第１言語～第３言語で表示が切り替わる構成としてもよい。 The lenticular display according to the present embodiment may be configured such that the display language changes only on one surface, and a solid or fixed image is displayed on the other surface. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which has a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular image on both surfaces, and the language which displays character information switches on both surfaces according to an observation angle, respectively. Thus, when it is set as the structure which switches the language which displays character information on both surfaces, a language may be switched similarly on both surfaces, and you may make it switch to a mutually different display language on both surfaces. For example, in the case of a lenticular business card, a lenticular lens layer and a lenticular lens layer are arranged on both sides so that the display is switched in the first language to the third language on one side and the display is switched in the fourth language to the sixth language on the other side. If a lenticular image is arranged, display in six languages becomes possible.
In addition, on one side of the lenticular business card, the text information such as organization and name is switched between the first language to the third language, and on the other side, the business information of the organization and the like is displayed in the first language. The display may be switched in the third language.
　なお、両面で表示する構成とする場合は、例えば、それぞれの面で目的の表示ができるようにレンチキュラーシートとレンチキュラー画像とを組み合わせた２種類の表示体を作製し、２種類の表示体の間に背景色となる層（例えば紙等の白色層）を介在させて各表示体のレンチキュラーレンズ層を外側に向けて貼り合わせればよい。
　また、片面のみで又は両面で文字情報等の画像を切り替えるいずれの形態でも、文字情報等の画像が形成されている部分以外の領域（背景）は、通常の名刺のように白地であってもよいし、切り替わり時の文字及び文字以外の画像の残像感を軽減するために、文字の判読を邪魔しない程度に着色したり、柄模様を入れたりすることもできる。 In addition, when it is set as the structure which displays on both surfaces, for example, it produces two types of display bodies which combined the lenticular sheet and the lenticular image so that the target display can be performed on each surface, and between two types of display bodies. The lenticular lens layer of each display body may be bonded to the outside with a background color layer (for example, a white layer such as paper) interposed therebetween.
Further, in any form in which the image of character information or the like is switched only on one side or on both sides, the region (background) other than the portion where the image of character information or the like is formed may be a white background like a normal business card. In addition, in order to reduce the afterimage feeling of characters and images other than the characters at the time of switching, the characters can be colored to the extent that they do not interfere with the interpretation of the characters, or a pattern can be added.
　以上、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体において文字情報を複数の言語で切り替えて表示する形態の一例として、レンチキュラー名刺について主に説明したが、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は名刺に限定されず、例えば、飲食店等のメニュー、地図、ポスター、交通機関の路線図、時刻表、ＣＤ（コンパクトディスク）等の光学ディスクのジャケット、ポストカード、歌詞カード、商品カタログ、カレンダーなど、文字情報を含む表示体において、文字情報を複数の言語に切り替えて表示する表示体として何ら限定されずに適用することができる。
　また、本実施形態におけるレンチキュラー画像は、文字情報を複数の言語で切り替えて表示する場合に限定されず、本実施形態に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、絵、写真など文字を含まない画像を切り替えて表示する場合にも好適に適用することができる。
　また、本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、印刷後の断裁のままの四隅の角が９０度の状態でもよいし、取扱い時の安全性を高めるため、角を丸める、面を取るなどの処理をしてもよい。 As described above, the lenticular business card has been mainly described as an example of a mode in which character information is switched and displayed in a plurality of languages in the lenticular display according to the present embodiment. However, the lenticular display according to the present embodiment is not limited to a business card. Including text information such as menus for restaurants, maps, posters, route maps for transportation, timetables, jackets for optical discs such as CDs (compact discs), postcards, lyrics cards, product catalogs, calendars, etc. In a display body, it can apply without being limited at all as a display body which switches and displays character information in a plurality of languages.
In addition, the lenticular image in the present embodiment is not limited to the case where the character information is switched and displayed in a plurality of languages, and the lenticular display body according to the present embodiment switches and displays an image that does not include characters such as a picture and a photograph. In this case, it can be suitably applied.
In addition, the lenticular display according to the present disclosure may be in a state where the corners of the four corners after cutting are 90 degrees, and in order to improve safety during handling, processing such as rounding the corners and removing a surface is performed. May be.
　上記のように、本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、観察する角度によって画像が切り替わるが、画像が切り替わる際に異なる表示用視差画像が重なり、特に表示用視差画像に文字が含まれている場合は判読し難い場合がある。そこで、本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体では、画像層が、レンチキュラーレンズ層のレンズの配列方向に配列された２種以上の表示用視差画像と、隣接する表示用視差画像の間に隣接する表示用視差画像に共通する部分から形成された共通画像と、を含むことが好ましい。 As described above, in the lenticular display according to the present disclosure, the images are switched depending on the observation angle, but when the images are switched, different display parallax images are overlapped, and particularly when the display parallax image includes characters. It may be difficult to read. Therefore, in the lenticular display according to the present disclosure, the image layer is adjacent to the display parallax image between the two or more display parallax images arranged in the lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer and the adjacent display parallax image. And a common image formed from a portion common to the parallax image.
　ここで、「隣接する表示用視差画像の共通する部分から形成された共通画像」とは、同じレンズ下に配列されている複数の表示用視差画像において、（Ｉ）隣接する表示用視差画像間で変化しない部分のみを含む画像、又は、（ＩＩ）隣接する表示用視差画像間で変化しない部分と、変化する部分を変化しない部分に置き換えた部分とを含む画像を意味する。例えば、隣接する２つの表示用視差画像が、背景は同じで文字が変化する場合、（Ｉ）の共通画像は、隣接する２つの表示用視差画像における文字部分のうち互いに重ならない部分を除くことで形成される画像であり、（ＩＩ）の共通画像は、隣接する２つの表示用視差画像における文字部分は重なる部分も重ならない部分も背景に置き換えることで形成される画像である。 Here, “a common image formed from a common portion of adjacent display parallax images” refers to (I) between adjacent display parallax images in a plurality of display parallax images arranged under the same lens. Or (II) an image including a portion that does not change between adjacent display parallax images and a portion in which the changing portion is replaced with a portion that does not change. For example, when two adjacent display parallax images have the same background and characters change, the common image in (I) excludes the non-overlapping portions of the character portions in the two adjacent display parallax images The common image of (II) is an image formed by replacing the overlapping part and the non-overlapping part of the character parts in two adjacent display parallax images with the background.
　図８は、本開示のレンチキュラー表示体の構成の一例を概略的に示している。図８に示すレンチキュラー表示体１００は、本開示に係るレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層２２（２８）の表面に２つの視差画像を含む画像層２６が形成されている。画像層２６には、表示用の視差画像として背景が共通する２つ画像（Ａ画像２６ａ、Ｂ画像２６ｂ）がレンチキュラーシートのレンズピッチＰに合うように配置され、さらに、Ａ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂとの間にＡ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂに共通する背景で構成された共通画像２６ｃが配置されている。隣接するレンズのＡ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂとの間にも共通画像２６ｃが配置されている。このように本開示のレンチキュラー表示体において、各レンズ下及びレンズ間で隣接する視差画像（Ａ画像２６ａ、Ｂ画像２６ｂ）間に共通画像２６ｃが配置されていることで、レンチキュラー表示体に対して観察者の目が相対的に移動して観察したときに、Ａ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂが重なって見える角度が小さくなり、画像の切替性を高めることができる。 FIG. 8 schematically shows an example of the configuration of the lenticular display body of the present disclosure. In the lenticular display body 100 shown in FIG. 8, an image layer 26 including two parallax images is formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (28) of the lenticular sheet according to the present disclosure. In the image layer 26, two images (A image 26a and B image 26b) having a common background as disparity images for display are arranged so as to match the lens pitch P of the lenticular sheet, and further, the A image 26a and the B image A common image 26c composed of a background common to the A image 26a and the B image 26b is arranged between the image 26b and the image 26b. A common image 26c is also arranged between the A image 26a and the B image 26b of the adjacent lenses. As described above, in the lenticular display body of the present disclosure, the common image 26c is disposed between the parallax images (A image 26a and B image 26b) adjacent to each other below and between the lenses, so that the lenticular display body When the observer's eyes move relatively and observe, the angle at which the A image 26a and the B image 26b appear to overlap each other is reduced, and the switchability of the images can be improved.
　本開示に係るレンチキュラー表示体は、第１実施形態又は第２実施形態に係るレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層２２（２８）の表面に視差画像を形成することで得られるが、視差画像を保護する観点から、視差画像を含む画像層の表面にさらに保護層３６が設けられていることが好ましい。保護層３６としては、視差画像を含む画像層のインク受容層側とは反対側を保護することができれば特に限定されず、紙、樹脂フィルム、金属シート、発泡スチロール等が挙げられる。例えば、本開示のレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層（第２インク受容層）の表面に視差画像を形成した後、接着層を介して又は接着層を介さずに保護層３６を設ければよい。例えば、画像層が設けられている面に紙を貼り合わせる方法が挙げられる。また、視差画像を形成した面に塗料を塗布し、乾燥させることで保護層３６を設けてもよい。
　なお、保護層の厚みは特に限定されず、保護層を構成する材料、レンチキュラー表示体の目的に応じて決めればよい。 The lenticular display according to the present disclosure is obtained by forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer 22 (28) of the lenticular sheet according to the first embodiment or the second embodiment. Therefore, it is preferable that a protective layer 36 is further provided on the surface of the image layer including the parallax image. The protective layer 36 is not particularly limited as long as the side opposite to the ink receiving layer side of the image layer including the parallax image can be protected, and examples thereof include paper, a resin film, a metal sheet, and polystyrene foam. For example, after forming a parallax image on the surface of the ink receiving layer (second ink receiving layer) of the lenticular sheet of the present disclosure, the protective layer 36 may be provided via the adhesive layer or without the adhesive layer. For example, there is a method of pasting paper on the surface on which the image layer is provided. Further, the protective layer 36 may be provided by applying a paint to the surface on which the parallax image is formed and drying it.
The thickness of the protective layer is not particularly limited, and may be determined according to the material constituting the protective layer and the purpose of the lenticular display.
　以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されない。
　以下の記載において、「部」及び「％」は、他の指定がない限り、「質量部」及び「質量％」を意味する。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
In the following description, “part” and “%” mean “part by mass” and “% by mass” unless otherwise specified.
（実施例１）
＜未延伸積層体の作製＞
［未延伸積層体の透明樹脂基板の作製］
　先ず、チタン化合物を触媒として重縮合した固有粘度０．６４のポリエチレンテレフタレート（以下、ＰＥＴと記載する）樹脂を、含水率が５０ｐｐｍ以下となるまで乾燥した。乾燥したＰＥＴ樹脂を、ヒーター温度が２８０℃以上３００℃以下の範囲に設定した温度の押出し機内で溶融させた。溶融させたＰＥＴ樹脂を、ダイ部より静電印加されたチルロール上に押出して、帯状の非結晶ＰＥＴフィルムを得た。得られた帯状の非結晶ＰＥＴフィルムを長手方向（以下、「長手方向」を「ＭＤ方向」ともいう。）に３．３倍に延伸して、帯状の一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを得た。 (Example 1)
<Preparation of unstretched laminate>
[Preparation of unstretched laminate transparent resin substrate]
First, a polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter referred to as PET) resin having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.64 polycondensed using a titanium compound as a catalyst was dried until the water content became 50 ppm or less. The dried PET resin was melted in an extruder having a heater temperature set in the range of 280 ° C to 300 ° C. The melted PET resin was extruded onto a chill roll electrostatically applied from a die part to obtain a band-shaped amorphous PET film. The obtained strip-shaped amorphous PET film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction (hereinafter, “longitudinal direction” is also referred to as “MD direction”) to obtain a strip-shaped uniaxially stretched PET film.
［未延伸積層体の調製］
　得られた一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを搬送速度６０ｍ／分で搬送しながら、一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に下記の組成を有する塗布液Ａ（インク受容層形成用塗布液）をバーコート法により塗布し、引き続いて１４５℃で１分間乾燥することで一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に塗布層を有する帯状の未延伸積層体を得た。 [Preparation of unstretched laminate]
While transporting the obtained uniaxially stretched PET film at a transport speed of 60 m / min, a coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer) having the following composition is applied to one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method. Then, by drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, a strip-shaped unstretched laminate having a coating layer on one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film was obtained.
［塗布液Ａ（インク受容層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　ポリエステル系ポリウレタンポリマーの末端ブロックイソシアネート（Ｐ１）（重量平均分子量：６０００、固形分２７％）　・・・６２．３４部
・　ブロックイソシアネート（重量平均分子量：１０００、旭化成ケミカルズ株式会社製ＷＭ４４－Ｌ７０Ｇ、固形分７０％）　　　・・・７．２９部
・　イソシアネート反応触媒（有機スズ水分散液。第一工業製薬株式会社製エラストロン（登録商標）ＣＡＴ－２１、固形分１０％）・・・０．４４部
・　アニオン性界面活性剤（ジ－２－エチルヘキシルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．５６部
・　ｐＨ調整剤（炭酸水素ナトリウム）　　　　　　　　・・・０．２３部
・　ｐＨ緩衝剤（炭酸水素ナトリウム及び炭酸ナトリウムの混合物）
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１．９２部
・　シリカ（平均一次粒子径：４０ｎｍ、扶桑化学工業株式会社製ＰＬ３Ｄ）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・２．０１部
・　凝集シリカ（数平均粒子径：４μｍ～５μｍ、東ソー・シリカ株式会社製ＡＺ２０４）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．２０部
・　滑剤（カルナバワックス、中京油脂株式会社製カルナバワックス分散物セロゾール（登録商標）５２４、固形分３０％）　　　　・・・１．９８部 [Composition of coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming ink receiving layer)]
-Polyester polyurethane polymer terminal block isocyanate (P1) (weight average molecular weight: 6000, solid content 27%) ... 62.34 parts-Block isocyanate (weight average molecular weight: 1000, WM44-L70G manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation) 7.29 parts ・ Isocyanate reaction catalyst (organotin aqueous dispersion. ELASTRON (registered trademark) CAT-21, solid content 10%, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) 0.44 Part ・ Anionic surfactant (sodium di-2-ethylhexylsulfosuccinate, solid content 1%) ・ ・ ・ 0.56 part ・ pH adjuster (sodium bicarbonate) ・ ・ ・ 0.23 part ・ pH buffer ( A mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate)
・ ・ ・ 1.92 parts ・ Silica (average primary particle diameter: 40 nm, PL3D manufactured by Fuso Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・ ・ ・ 2.01 parts ・ Agglomerated silica (number average particle diameter: 4 μm to 5 μm, Tosoh Silica Corporation) AZ204) ・ ・ ・ 0.20 part ・ Lubricant (Carnauba wax, Carnauba wax dispersion Cerosol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%, manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd.) ・ ・ ・ 1.98 parts
　塗布液Ａに含まれるポリエステル系ポリウレタンポリマーの末端ブロックイソシアネート（Ｐ１）は、下記の手順で調製した。
　ビスフェノールＡのエチレンオキサイド付加物とマレイン酸とのポリエステル２００部に、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート３４部を添加し、反応を行い、３０％の重亜硫酸ナトリウム水溶液を７３部添加し、攪拌を行った後、水で希釈し、固形分２７％であるポリエステル系ポリウレタンポリマーの末端ブロックイソシアネート（Ｐ１）を得た。 The terminal block isocyanate (P1) of the polyester-based polyurethane polymer contained in the coating liquid A was prepared by the following procedure.
After adding 34 parts of hexamethylene diisocyanate to 200 parts of polyester of ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A and maleic acid, the reaction was carried out, and 73 parts of 30% aqueous sodium bisulfite solution was added and stirred. To obtain a terminal polyurethane (P1) of a polyester polyurethane polymer having a solid content of 27%.
＜延伸積層体の作製＞
　上記で調製された帯状の未延伸積層体を、延伸装置で幅方向（一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムにおける延伸方向に直交する方向。以下、「ＴＤ方向」ともいう。）に４．０倍に延伸して、厚さ２５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に厚さ０．０５μｍのインク受容層を有する延伸積層体１を得た。 <Production of stretched laminate>
The strip-shaped unstretched laminate prepared above is stretched 4.0 times in the width direction (a direction orthogonal to the stretching direction in the uniaxially stretched PET film, hereinafter also referred to as “TD direction”) with a stretching apparatus. A stretched laminate 1 having an ink receiving layer having a thickness of 0.05 μm on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 250 μm was obtained.
＜レンチキュラーシート１の作製＞
［レンチキュラーレンズ層の形成］
　上記で調製された延伸積層体１のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側の二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面に、以下の手順によりレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成した。
　上記の調製された帯状の延伸積層体１を２０ｍ/分で搬送させつつ、エンボスローラ（φ３５０ｍｍ、４０℃）とニップローラ（φ３５０ｍｍ、４０℃）の間を通過させた。エンボスローラの表面には、レンチキュラーレンズ形状（半径１５０μｍ、レンズピッチ２５４μｍ）を有している。
　延伸積層体１がエンボスローラとニップローラとの間を通過する直前に、延伸積層体１の二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面に、レンズ層形成用のグリコール変性ポリエチレンテレフタレート（ＰＥＴ―Ｇ）樹脂（ＳＫケミカル製）と中間層形成用の樹脂（アドマー、商品名、三井化学（株）製）を、温度２８０℃に設定したＴダイ（吐出巾３３０ｍｍ）より、実測樹脂温度２６０～２８０℃で共押出して、積層した。エンボスローラとニップローラとの間を通過した延伸積層体１の二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面には、レンチキュラーレンズ層が形成された。得られたレンチキュラーシート１の厚みは、３５０μｍであった。 <Preparation of lenticular sheet 1>
[Formation of lenticular lens layer]
A lenticular lens layer was formed by the following procedure on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the stretched laminate 1 prepared above.
The belt-shaped stretched laminate 1 prepared as described above was passed between an embossing roller (φ350 mm, 40 ° C.) and a nip roller (φ350 mm, 40 ° C.) while being conveyed at 20 m / min. The surface of the embossing roller has a lenticular lens shape (radius 150 μm, lens pitch 254 μm).
Immediately before the stretched laminate 1 passes between the embossing roller and the nip roller, a glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PET-G) resin (SK Chemical) for forming a lens layer is formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film of the stretched laminate 1. And an intermediate layer forming resin (Admer, trade name, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.) are co-extruded at a measured resin temperature of 260 to 280 ° C. from a T die (discharge width 330 mm) set at a temperature of 280 ° C. And laminated. A lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film of the stretched laminate 1 that passed between the embossing roller and the nip roller. The thickness of the obtained lenticular sheet 1 was 350 μm.
（実施例２）
　実施例１において、レンズ層と二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの間に形成する中間層の形成用塗布液として塗布液Ａを用いて、実施例１と同様にして一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に、延伸後にインク受容層となる塗布層を有し、一軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの他方の表面に、延伸後に中間層となる塗布層を有する帯状の未延伸積層体を調製した。
　得られた未延伸積層体を延伸して、厚さ２５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に厚さ０．０５μｍのインク受容層を有し、他方の面に厚さ０．０５μｍの中間層を有する延伸積層体２を得た。その後、実施例１と同様にしてレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成してもレンチキュラーシート２を作製した。 (Example 2)
In Example 1, using the coating liquid A as a coating liquid for forming an intermediate layer formed between the lens layer and the biaxially stretched PET film, on one surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film in the same manner as in Example 1, A strip-shaped unstretched laminate having a coating layer that becomes an ink-receiving layer after stretching and a coating layer that becomes an intermediate layer after stretching on the other surface of the uniaxially stretched PET film was prepared.
The obtained unstretched laminate was stretched to have a 0.05 μm thick ink receiving layer on one surface of a 250 μm thick biaxially stretched PET film and a 0.05 μm thick intermediate on the other surface. A stretched laminate 2 having a layer was obtained. Then, the lenticular sheet 2 was produced even if the lenticular lens layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1.
（実施例３）
　実施例１において、レンズ層と二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの間に形成する中間層形成用塗布液として下記の塗布液Ｂを用いた以外は実施例１と同様にして、レンチキュラーシート３を作製した。 (Example 3)
In Example 1, a lenticular sheet 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the following coating liquid B was used as the intermediate layer forming coating liquid formed between the lens layer and the biaxially stretched PET film.
［塗布液Ｂ（中間層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　水　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・５６．６０部
・　アクリル樹脂（Ａ１、固形分２８％）　　　　　　・・・２１．４０部
・　カルボジイミド化合物（日清紡株式会社製、カルボジライト（登録商標）Ｖ－０２－Ｌ２、固形分４０％）　　　　　　　　　　・・・２．９０部
・　スルホコハク酸系界面活性剤（日油株式会社製、ラピゾール（登録商標）Ａ－９０、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・８．１０部
・　ポリエチレンオキサイド系界面活性剤（三洋化成工業株式会社製、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、固形分１％）　　　・・・９．６０部
・　シリカ（日産化学工業株式会社製、スノーテックス（登録商標）ＸＬ、固形分４０％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．４０部
・　滑剤（中京油脂株式会社製、カルナバワックス分散物セロゾール（登録商標）５２４、固形分３０％）　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１．００部
　上記のアクリル樹脂（Ａ１）としては、下記組成のモノマーで重合したアクリル樹脂の水分散液（固形分２８質量％）を用いた。
　メチルメタアクリレート／スチレン／２－エチルヘキシルアクリレート／２－ヒドロキシエチルメタアクリレート／アクリル酸＝５９／９／２６／５／１（質量％）の乳化重合体（乳化剤：アニオン性界面活性剤）、Ｔｇ＝４５℃ [Composition of coating liquid B (coating liquid for intermediate layer formation)]
-Water ... 56.60 parts-Acrylic resin (A1, solid content 28%) ... 21.40 parts-Carbodiimide compound (Nisshinbo Co., Ltd., Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2, solid content 40 2.90 parts ・ Sulfosuccinic acid surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%)... 8.10 parts ・ Polyethylene oxide surfactant Agent (Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ... 9.60 parts ・ Silica (Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Snowtex (registered trademark) XL, solid 0.40 part ・ Lubricant (manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., Carnauba wax dispersion Cerozol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30% ... The 1.00 parts The above acrylic resin (A1), was used an aqueous dispersion of an acrylic resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer of the following composition (solid content 28 mass%).
Methyl methacrylate / styrene / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / acrylic acid = 59/9/26/5/1 (mass%) emulsion polymer (emulsifier: anionic surfactant), Tg = 45 ° C
（実施例４）
　実施例１において、インク受容層形成用塗布液としての塗布液Ａに代えて、実施例３の塗布液Ｂをインク受容層形成用塗布液として用いた以外は実施例１と同様にして、レンチキュラーシート４を作製した。 Example 4
In Example 1, in place of the coating liquid A as the ink receiving layer forming coating liquid, the lenticular is the same as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid B of Example 3 is used as the ink receiving layer forming coating liquid. Sheet 4 was produced.
（実施例５）
　実施例１において、インク受容層形成用塗布液としての塗布液Ａに代えて、下記の組成を有する塗布液Ｃを用いた以外は実施例１と同様にして、レンチキュラーシート５を作製した。
［塗布液Ｃ（インク受容層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　ポリエステル樹脂水溶液（互応化学株式会社製、プラスコート（登録商標）Ｚ５９２、固形分２５％）　　　　　　　　　　・・・１２４．１０部
・　ポリウレタン樹脂水分散液（第一工業製薬株式会社製スーパーフレックス（登録商標）１５０ＨＳ、固形分３８％）　　　　　・・・８１．６０部
・　オキサゾリン化合物（株式会社日本触媒製、エポクロスＫ－２０２０Ｅ、固形分４０％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・６９．９０部
・　スルホコハク酸系界面活性剤（日油株式会社製ラピゾール（登録商標）Ｂ－９０、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１２．３０部
・　ポリエチレンオキサイド系界面活性剤（三洋化成工業株式会社製、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、固形分１％）　　・・・２９．７０部
・　ＰＭＭＡ粒子（綜研化学株式会社製　ＭＲ－２Ｇ、水分散液、固形分２８％）
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１．００部
・　滑剤（中京油脂株式会社製、カルナバワックス分散物セロゾール（登録商標）５２４、固形分３０％）　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・２．９０部
・　防腐剤（大東化学社製、１，２－ベンゾチアゾリン－３－オン、固形分３．５％メタノール溶媒）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１．１０部
・　蒸留水　　　　　　　　・・・塗布液Ｃの総質量が１０００部となる量 (Example 5)
In Example 1, a lenticular sheet 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid C having the following composition was used instead of the coating liquid A as the ink-receiving layer-forming coating liquid.
[Composition of coating liquid C (coating liquid for forming ink receiving layer)]
・ Polyester resin aqueous solution (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Plus Coat (registered trademark) Z592, solid content 25%) ・ ・ ・ 124.10 parts ・ Polyurethane resin aqueous dispersion (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Superflex (registered trademark) ) 150HS, solid content 38%) ... 81.60 parts · Oxazoline compound (Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., Epocross K-2020E, solid content 40%) · · · 69.90 parts · Sulfosuccinic acid surfactant ( Rapisol (registered trademark) B-90 manufactured by NOF Corporation, solid content 1%) ... 12.30 parts ・ Polyethylene oxide surfactant (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95) , Solid content 1%) ... 29.70 parts PMMA particles (MR-2G manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd., aqueous dispersion, Solid content 28%)
... 1.00 parts ・ Lubricant (manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., Carnauba wax dispersion Cerozol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%) ... 2.90 parts ・ Preservative (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd., 1, 2-benzothiazolin-3-one, solid solvent 3.5% methanol solvent) ... 1.10 parts ・ Distilled water ... Amount that makes the total mass of coating liquid C 1000 parts
（実施例６）
　実施例１において、エンボスローラの表面に形成したレンチキュラーレンズ形状を、半径８０μｍ、レンズピッチ１２７μｍとし、延伸積層体を厚さ１５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に厚さ０．０５μｍのインク受容層を有する延伸積層体とした以外は実施例１と同様にして、レンチキュラーシート６（厚み２００μｍ）を作製した。 (Example 6)
In Example 1, the lenticular lens shape formed on the surface of the embossing roller has a radius of 80 μm and a lens pitch of 127 μm, and the stretched laminate is an ink having a thickness of 0.05 μm on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 150 μm. A lenticular sheet 6 (thickness: 200 μm) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the stretched laminate having a receiving layer was used.
（実施例７）
　実施例６において、延伸積層体を、実施例６と同様の厚さ１５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に厚さ０．０５μｍのインク受容層を有し、他方の面に厚さ０．０５μｍの中間層を有する延伸積層体に代えた以外は実施例６と同様にして、レンチキュラーシートの厚みが２００μｍのレンチキュラーシート７を作製した。 (Example 7)
In Example 6, the stretched laminate has an ink-receiving layer having a thickness of 0.05 μm on one surface of a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 150 μm as in Example 6, and a thickness of 0 on the other surface. A lenticular sheet 7 having a lenticular sheet thickness of 200 μm was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the stretched laminate having an intermediate layer of 0.05 μm was used.
（比較例１）
　実施例１の未延伸積層体の透明樹脂基板の作製に使用したＰＥＴ樹脂を同様に用い、溶融したＰＥＴ樹脂をダイから垂れ流し、１０ｍ／分で搬送させつつ、エンボスローラ（直径３５０ｍｍ、４０℃）とニップローラ（直径３５０ｍｍ、４０℃）の間を通過させた。エンボスローラの表面には、レンチキュラーレンズ形状（半径１５０μｍ、レンズピッチ２５４μｍ）を有している。
　エンボスローラとニップローラとの間を通過した未延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面には、レンチキュラーレンズ層が形成された。得られたレンチキュラーシートＣ１の厚みは、３５０μｍであった。 (Comparative Example 1)
The embossing roller (diameter 350 mm, 40 ° C.) is used while the PET resin used for the production of the transparent resin substrate of the unstretched laminate of Example 1 is used in the same manner and the molten PET resin is dripped from the die and conveyed at 10 m / min. And a nip roller (diameter 350 mm, 40 ° C.). The surface of the embossing roller has a lenticular lens shape (radius 150 μm, lens pitch 254 μm).
A lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the unstretched PET film that passed between the embossing roller and the nip roller. The thickness of the obtained lenticular sheet C1 was 350 μm.
（比較例２）
　実施例１で用いた帯状の非結晶ＰＥＴフィルムを、延伸装置で長手方向に３．３倍に延伸した後、幅方向に４．０倍に延伸して、厚さ２５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを得た。
　得られた二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを搬送速度６０ｍ／分で搬送しながら、二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面に塗布液Ａ（インク受容層形成用塗布液）をバーコート法により塗布し、引き続いて１４５℃で１分間乾燥することで、二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の表面にインク受容層（インク受容層は未延伸）を有する帯状の延伸積層体を得た。
　上記で調製された延伸積層体のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側の二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面に、実施例１と同様にしてレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成し、レンチキュラーシートＣ２（厚み３５０μｍ）を作製した。 (Comparative Example 2)
The strip-shaped non-crystalline PET film used in Example 1 was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction with a stretching apparatus, and then stretched 4.0 times in the width direction to form a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 250 μm. Got.
While the obtained biaxially stretched PET film was transported at a transport speed of 60 m / min, coating liquid A (coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer) was applied to one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method, and subsequently. By drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, a belt-like stretched laminate having an ink receiving layer (the ink receiving layer is not stretched) on one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film was obtained.
A lenticular lens layer is formed on the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the stretched laminate prepared as described above in the same manner as in Example 1, and the lenticular sheet C2 (thickness 350 μm) Was made.
（実施例８）
　インク受容層及び中間層を形成するための塗布液として、下記組成の塗布液Ｄ～Ｆを調製した。 (Example 8)
Coating liquids D to F having the following compositions were prepared as coating liquids for forming the ink receiving layer and the intermediate layer.
［塗布液Ｄ（第１インク受容層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　ナフタレン環含有ポリエステル（互応化学株式会社製、プラスコート（登録商標）Ｚ６８７　固形分２５％の水分散物）　　・・・３０２．４３部
・　カルボジイミド化合物（日清紡株式会社製、カルボジライト（登録商標）Ｖ－０２－Ｌ２　固形分４０％）　　　　　　　　・・・１３６．２１部
・　スルホコハク酸系界面活性剤（日油株式会社製、ラピゾール（登録商標）Ａ－９０、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．６０部
・　ポリエチレンオキサイド系界面活性剤（三洋化成工業株式会社製、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、固形分１％）　　　・・・１．４５部
・　ＰＭＭＡ粒子（平均粒子径１μｍ、綜研化学株式会社製　架橋ＰＭＭＡ粒子、ＭＲ－２Ｇ　水分散物、固形分１５％）　　　　　・・・０．３０部
・　防腐剤（大東化学株式会社製、１，２－ベンゾチアゾリン－３－オン、固形分３．５％メタノール溶媒）　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．２５部 [Composition of coating liquid D (coating liquid for forming first ink receiving layer)]
-Naphthalene ring-containing polyester (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Pluscoat (registered trademark) Z687, aqueous dispersion with a solid content of 25%) ... 302.43 parts-Carbodiimide compound (Nisshinbo Co., Ltd., Carbodilite (registered trademark) V -02-L2 Solid content 40%) ... 136.21 parts ・ Sulfosuccinic acid surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%) ... 0.60・ Polyethylene oxide surfactant (Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., NAROACTY (registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ・ ・ ・ 1.45 parts ・ PMMA particles (average particle size 1 μm, Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) Company cross-linked PMMA particles, MR-2G aqueous dispersion, solid content 15%) ... 0.30 part Preservative (Daito Chemical Co., Ltd. Zochiazorin-3-one, solid content 3.5% methanol solvent) ... 0.25 parts
［塗布液Ｅ（第２インク受容層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　ポリエステル樹脂水溶液（互応化学株式会社製、プラスコート（登録商標）Ｚ５９２　固形分２５％の水分散物）　　　　　・・・１８９．３０部
・　ウレタン樹脂（第一工業製薬株式会社製、スーパーフレックス（登録商標）１５０ＨＦ　固形分３８％水分散物）　　　　　・・・１８９．３６部
・　オキサゾリン化合物（（株）日本触媒製、エポクロス（登録商標）Ｋ－２０２０Ｅ　固形分２０％）　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・６０．０２部
・　スルホコハク酸系界面活性剤（日油株式会社製、ラピゾール（登録商標）Ａ－９０、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・１．２０部
・　ポリエチレンオキサイド系界面活性剤（三洋化成工業株式会社製、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、固形分１％）　　　・・・２．９０部
・　カルナバワックス（中京油脂株式会社製、カルナバワックス分散物、セロゾール（登録商標）５２４、固形分３０％）　　　　　・・・５．００部
・　ポリスチレン粒子マット剤（平均粒子径１．９μｍ、日本ゼオン社製、Ｎｉｐｏｌ（登録商標）ＵＦＮ１００８　固形分２０％）・・・１．５０部
・　防腐剤（大東化学株式会社製、１，２－ベンゾチアゾリン－３－オン、固形分３．５％メタノール溶媒）　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．２５部 [Composition of Coating Liquid E (Coating Liquid for Forming Second Ink Receiving Layer)]
・ Polyester resin aqueous solution (manufactured by Kyoyo Chemical Co., Ltd., plus coat (registered trademark) Z592 aqueous dispersion with a solid content of 25%) ・ ・ ・ 189.30 parts ・ Urethane resin (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., Superflex (registered) (Trademark) 150HF solid content 38% solid dispersion) ... 189.36 parts · Oxazoline compound (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., Epocros (registered trademark) K-2020E solid content 20%) ... 60.02 parts Sulfosuccinic acid type surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%) ・ ・ ・ 1.20 parts ・ Polyethylene oxide type surfactant (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., NARO) Acty (registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ... 2.90 parts ・ Carnauba wax Dispersion, Cellosol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%) ... 5.00 parts Polystyrene particle matting agent (average particle size 1.9 μm, manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Nipol (registered trademark) UFN1008 solid content 20) %) ... 1.50 parts ・ Antiseptic (Daito Chemical Co., Ltd., 1,2-benzothiazolin-3-one, solid content 3.5% methanol solvent) ... 0.25 parts
［塗布液Ｆ（中間層形成用塗布液）の組成］
・　アクリル樹脂（Ｔｇ＝１００℃）　　　　　　　　・・・７９．４９部
・　カルボジイミド化合物（日清紡株式会社製、カルボジライト（登録商標）Ｖ－０２－Ｌ２　固形分４０％）　　　　　　　　　・・・７３．０８部
・　スルホコハク酸系界面活性剤（日油株式会社製、ラピゾール（登録商標）Ａ－９０、固形分１％）　　　　　　　　　　　　　　・・・０．６０部
・　ポリエチレンオキサイド系界面活性剤（三洋化成工業株式会社製、ナロアクティー（登録商標）ＣＬ－９５、固形分１％）　　　・・・１．４５部
・　シリカ（平均粒子径４０～６０ｎｍ、日産化学工業株式会社製、スノーテックス（登録商標）ＸＬ、固形分４０％）　　　　　　・・・２．１６部
・　シリカ（平均粒子径０．１μｍ、（株）日本触媒製　シリカ粒子、シーホスター（登録商標）ＫＥ－Ｗ１０、固形分１５％）　　・・・０．２０部
・　カルナバワックス（中京油脂株式会社製、カルナバワックス分散物、セロゾール（登録商標）５２４、固形分３０％）　　　　　・・・３．９４部 [Composition of coating solution F (coating solution for intermediate layer formation)]
Acrylic resin (Tg = 100 ° C.) 79.49 parts Carbodiimide compound (Nisshinbo Co., Ltd. Carbodilite (registered trademark) V-02-L2 solid content 40%) 73.08 parts Sulfosuccinic acid -Based surfactant (manufactured by NOF Corporation, Lapisol (registered trademark) A-90, solid content 1%) ・ ・ ・ 0.60 part ・ Polyethylene oxide surfactant (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., NAROACTY ( (Registered trademark) CL-95, solid content 1%) ... 1.45 parts ・ Silica (average particle size 40-60 nm, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Snowtex (registered trademark) XL, solid content 40%) 2.16 parts Silica (average particle size 0.1 μm, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., silica particles, Seahoster (registered trademark) KE-W10, solid content 15%)・ ・ 0.20 part ・ Carnauba wax (manufactured by Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., carnauba wax dispersion, cellosol (registered trademark) 524, solid content 30%) ・ ・ ・ 3.94 parts
＜延伸積層体の作製＞
　実施例１で用いた帯状の非結晶ＰＥＴフィルムを、延伸装置で長手方向に３．３倍に延伸した後、幅方向に４．０倍に延伸して、厚さ２５０μｍの二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを得た。 <Production of stretched laminate>
The strip-shaped non-crystalline PET film used in Example 1 was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction with a stretching apparatus, and then stretched 4.0 times in the width direction to form a biaxially stretched PET film having a thickness of 250 μm. Got.
‐インク受容層の形成-
　得られた二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムを搬送速度６０ｍ／分で搬送しながら、二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの一方の面に塗布液Ｄ（第１インク受容層形成用塗布液）をバーコート法により塗布し、引き続いて１４５℃で１分間乾燥することで、第１インク受容層（厚み０．４５μｍ）を形成した。
　さらに、第１インク受容層上に塗布液Ｅ（第２インク受容層形成用塗布液）をバーコート法により塗布し、引き続いて１４５℃で１分間乾燥することで、第２インク受容層（厚み０．４５μｍ）を形成した。 -Formation of ink receiving layer-
While transporting the obtained biaxially stretched PET film at a transport speed of 60 m / min, the coating liquid D (coating liquid for forming the first ink receiving layer) was applied to one surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by the bar coating method. Subsequently, the first ink receiving layer (thickness 0.45 μm) was formed by drying at 145 ° C. for 1 minute.
Further, a coating liquid E (a coating liquid for forming a second ink receiving layer) is applied onto the first ink receiving layer by a bar coating method, and subsequently dried at 145 ° C. for 1 minute, whereby a second ink receiving layer (thickness) is obtained. 0.45 μm) was formed.
‐中間層の形成‐
　二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの他方の面に、塗布液Ｆ（中間層形成用塗布液）をバーコート法により塗布し、引き続いて１４５℃で１分間乾燥することで中間層（厚み０．１μｍ）を形成し、帯状の延伸積層体８を得た。 -Formation of intermediate layer-
A coating solution F (coating solution for forming an intermediate layer) is applied to the other surface of the biaxially stretched PET film by a bar coating method, and subsequently dried at 145 ° C. for 1 minute to form an intermediate layer (thickness 0.1 μm). Thus, a band-shaped stretched laminate 8 was obtained.
＜レンチキュラーシート８の作製＞
［レンチキュラーレンズ層の形成］
　上記で調製された延伸積層体８の中間層の表面に、実施例１と同様にしてレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成し、レンチキュラーシート８（厚み３５１μｍ）を作製した。 <Preparation of lenticular sheet 8>
[Formation of lenticular lens layer]
A lenticular lens layer was formed on the surface of the intermediate layer of the stretched laminate 8 prepared above in the same manner as in Example 1 to produce a lenticular sheet 8 (thickness 351 μm).
［視差画像Ｘの形成］
　実施例に係るレンチキュラーシート１～８、並びに比較例に係るレンチキュラーシートＣ１及びＣ２を用いて、インク受容層の表面に、以下の手順で視差画像Ｘを形成した。
　視差画像Ｘは、各レンチキュラーシートのレンズピッチに合うように形成した。
〈インク〉
　無溶剤型活性光線硬化型インク（ＤＩＣ株式会社製ダイキュア（登録商標）ＲＴＸ　Ｗｈｉｔｅ、Ｂｌａｃｋ、Ｃｙａｎ、Ｍａｇｅｎｔａ，Ｙｅｌｌｏｗ）を用いた。
〈オフセット印刷版〉
　市販のＵＶインク用のプレセンシタイズドプレート（ＰＳ版）を用いて、各レンチキュラーシートのレンズピッチに合うように視差画像Ｘを形成したオフセット印刷版を準備した。
〈印刷〉
　市販のオフセット印刷機を用いて、上記のインクとオフセット印刷版を用いて、各レンチキュラーシートのインク受容層の表面に視差画像Ｘを印刷した。
　作製された視差画像Ｘを有するレンチキュラーシートについて、以下の評価を行った。 [Formation of parallax image X]
Using the lenticular sheets 1 to 8 according to the example and the lenticular sheets C1 and C2 according to the comparative example, a parallax image X was formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer by the following procedure.
The parallax image X was formed to match the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet.
<ink>
Solventless actinic ray curable ink (Dicure (registered trademark) RTX White, Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used.
<Offset printing plate>
An offset printing plate on which a parallax image X was formed so as to match the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet was prepared using a commercially available UV ink presensitized plate (PS plate).
<printing>
A parallax image X was printed on the surface of the ink receiving layer of each lenticular sheet using the above-described ink and offset printing plate using a commercially available offset printing machine.
The following evaluation was performed on the produced lenticular sheet having the parallax image X.
＜インク受容層表面へのインク密着性＞
　視差画像の表面に、カミソリ刃で切り傷を、各矩形が縦１ｍｍ、横１ｍｍの多数の矩形が二次元方向に多数並んだ格子状に形成する。
　格子状に切り傷を形成した視差画像の表面に縦約５０ｍｍ、横３０ｍｍの面積にセロハン粘着テープを貼り付け、貼り付けたセロハン粘着テープの上から、消しゴムでこすって視差画像の表面にセロハン粘着テープを密着させる。
　密着後、２分間経過してから、密着させたセロハン粘着テープを視差画像の表面から表面に直角な方向に瞬間的に引き剥がした。
　剥がれた視差画像の矩形の数により、下記のランクで評価した。
Ａ：　剥がれた視差画像の矩形の数が、０個以上１個以下である。
Ｂ：　剥がれた視差画像の矩形の数が、２個以上６個以下である。
Ｃ：　剥がれた視差画像の矩形の数が、７個以上である。 <Ink adhesion to the surface of the ink receiving layer>
On the surface of the parallax image, a cut with a razor blade is formed in a lattice shape in which a large number of rectangles each having a length of 1 mm and a width of 1 mm are arranged in a two-dimensional direction.
A cellophane adhesive tape is applied to the surface of the parallax image that has been cut into a lattice shape in an area of about 50 mm in length and 30 mm in width. Adhere.
After 2 minutes from the close contact, the adhered cellophane adhesive tape was instantaneously peeled off from the surface of the parallax image in a direction perpendicular to the surface.
Evaluation was performed according to the following ranks based on the number of rectangles of the parallax images peeled off.
A: The number of rectangles of the peeled parallax image is 0 or more and 1 or less.
B: The number of rectangles of the peeled parallax image is 2 or more and 6 or less.
C: The number of rectangles of the peeled parallax image is 7 or more.
＜透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性＞
　視差画像の表面から、カミソリ刃でインク受容層を貫通して二軸延伸ＰＥＴフィルムの表面に達する切り傷を、各矩形が縦１ｍｍ、横１ｍｍの多数の矩形が二次元方向に多数並んだ格子状に形成する。
　格子状に切り傷を形成した視差画像の表面に縦５０ｍｍ、横３０ｍｍの面積にセロハン粘着テープを貼り付け、貼り付けたセロハン粘着テープの上から、消しゴムでこすって視差画像の表面にセロハン粘着テープを密着させる。
　密着後、２分間経過してから、密着させたセロハン粘着テープを視差画像の表面から表面に直角な方向に瞬間的に引き剥がした。
　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数により、下記のランクで評価した。
Ａ：　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数が、０個以上１個以下である。
Ｂ：　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数が、２個以上３個以下である。
Ｃ：　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数が、４個以上６個以下である。
Ｄ：　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数が、７個以上１０個以下である。
Ｅ：　剥がれたインク受容層の矩形の数が、１１個以上である。 <Adhesion between transparent resin substrate and ink receiving layer>
From the surface of the parallax image, a razor blade penetrates the ink receiving layer and reaches the surface of the biaxially stretched PET film. A lattice shape in which a large number of rectangles each having a length of 1 mm and a width of 1 mm are arranged in two dimensions. To form.
A cellophane adhesive tape is affixed to the surface of the parallax image that has been cut into a lattice shape in a 50 mm length and 30 mm width. Adhere closely.
After 2 minutes from the close contact, the adhered cellophane adhesive tape was instantaneously peeled off from the surface of the parallax image in a direction perpendicular to the surface.
Evaluation was made according to the following ranks based on the number of rectangles of the ink receiving layer that was peeled off.
A: The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 0 or more and 1 or less.
B: The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 2 or more and 3 or less.
C: The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 4 or more and 6 or less.
D: The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 7 or more and 10 or less.
E: The number of rectangles of the peeled ink receiving layer is 11 or more.
＜インクの拡散性＞
　インクの拡散性は、同じ文字又は画像をインク受容層に印刷された画像（網点）のドットサイズを、オフセット印刷版に形成された画像の網点に比べて、面積が増大した割合（％）で評価した。
Ａ：面積が増大した割合が、５％未満である。
Ｂ：面積が増大した割合が、５％以上１５％未満である。
Ｃ：面積が増大した割合が、１５％以上である。 <Ink diffusibility>
The ink diffusibility is the ratio of the dot size of an image (halftone dot) printed with the same character or image on the ink receiving layer compared to the halftone dot of the image formed on the offset printing plate (% ).
A: The rate of increase in area is less than 5%.
B: The ratio that the area increased is 5% or more and less than 15%.
C: The ratio that the area increased is 15% or more.
＜寸法安定性＞
　寸法安定性はシートを長さ５０ｍｍ、幅５ｍｍのサイズにカットし、３０℃～６０℃間の長さ変化を測定し、熱膨張係数（１／℃）を測定した。
Ａ：　熱膨張係数が、４．５×１０－５／℃未満である。
Ｂ：　熱膨張係数が、４．５×１０－５／℃以上６．５×１０－５／℃未満である。
Ｃ：　熱膨張係数が、６．５×１０－５／℃以上である。 <Dimensional stability>
For dimensional stability, the sheet was cut into a size of 50 mm in length and 5 mm in width, the change in length between 30 ° C. and 60 ° C. was measured, and the thermal expansion coefficient (1 / ° C.) was measured.
A: The thermal expansion coefficient is less than 4.5 × 10 −5 / ° C.
B: The thermal expansion coefficient is 4.5 × 10 −5 / ° C. or more and less than 6.5 × 10 −5 / ° C.
C: The thermal expansion coefficient is 6.5 × 10 −5 / ° C. or more.
＜色再現性＞
　色再現性は標準色のシアン（Ｃ）、イエロー（Ｙ）、マセンタ（Ｍ）及びブラック（Ｋ）を測定して、標準サンプルとの色差ΔＥの値に基き、下記の評価ランクで評価した。
Ａ：ΔＥが、２．０より小さい。
Ｂ：ΔＥが、２．０以上６．０以下である。
Ｃ：ΔＥが、６．０より大きい。 <Color reproducibility>
The color reproducibility was evaluated with the following evaluation ranks based on the values of the color difference ΔE from the standard sample by measuring the standard colors cyan (C), yellow (Y), massane (M), and black (K).
A: ΔE is smaller than 2.0.
B: ΔE is 2.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
C: ΔE is larger than 6.0.
［視差画像Ｙの形成］
　実施例に係るレンチキュラーシート１～８、並びに比較例に係るレンチキュラーシートＣ１及びＣ２を用いて、インク受容層の表面に、以下の視差画像Ｙを形成した。
　視差画像Ｙは、各レンチキュラーシートのレンズピッチに合うように形成した。
　図９に示すように、背景が共通する２つ画像（Ａ画像、Ｂ画像）を例とする。具体的には、レンチキュラーシートのピッチ（Ｐ）を２４等分にし、Ａ画像２６ａは５／１２等分（図８における幅ａ）、Ｂ画像２６ｂは５／１２等分（図８における幅ｂ）、Ａ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂとの間の共通する背景のみの共通画像２６ｃは１／１２等分（図８における幅ｃ）にし、レンズ間で隣接するＡ画像２６ａとＢ画像２６ｂとの間にも１／１２等分の共通画像２６ｃを設ける。これにより、１つのレンズ下で１／２４等分（幅ｃ／２）の共通画像２６ｃ、５／１２等分（幅ｂ）のＡ画像、１／１２等分（幅ｃ）の共通画像２６ｃ、５／１２等分（幅ｂ）のＢ画像２６ｂ、１／２４等分（幅ｃ／２）の共通画像２６ｃが配列されている。 [Formation of parallax image Y]
The following parallax images Y were formed on the surface of the ink receiving layer using the lenticular sheets 1 to 8 according to the example and the lenticular sheets C1 and C2 according to the comparative example.
The parallax image Y was formed to fit the lens pitch of each lenticular sheet.
As shown in FIG. 9, two images (A image and B image) with a common background are taken as an example. Specifically, the pitch (P) of the lenticular sheet is divided into 24 equal parts, the A image 26a is equally divided into 5/12 (width a in FIG. 8), and the B image 26b is equally divided into 5/12 (width b in FIG. 8). ), The common background-only common image 26c between the A image 26a and the B image 26b is divided into 1/12 equal parts (width c in FIG. 8), and the adjacent A image 26a and B image 26b between the lenses. A common image 26c corresponding to 1/12 is provided in between. Thereby, a 1/24 equally (width c / 2) common image 26c and a 5/12 equal (width b) A image and a 1/12 equal (width c) common image 26c under one lens. A B image 26b divided into 5/12 equal parts (width b) and a common image 26c divided into 1/24 parts (width c / 2) are arranged.
＜表示切替性＞
　上記のように各例で作製したレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層に視差画像Ｙを形成して得たレンチキュラー表示体について、表示の切替性を評価した。図９に示すように観察者の目からレンチキュラー表示体までの距離（観察距離）を５００ｍｍとして観察し、レンチキュラー表示体のレンズが配列されている方向に対して垂直となる平面において半径５００ｍｍの円を想定し、円に沿って目を移動させたときに、Ａ画像とＢ画像とがオーバラーップする角度θを求めた。角度θが小さいほど表示切替性に優れることになり、下記基準によって評価した。
Ａ：　０°＜θ≦２．５°
Ｂ：　２．５°＜θ≦５．０°
Ｃ：　５．０°＜θ≦７．５° <Display switchability>
As described above, the display switching property of the lenticular display body obtained by forming the parallax image Y on the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet produced in each example was evaluated. As shown in FIG. 9, the distance (observation distance) from the observer's eyes to the lenticular display is observed as 500 mm, and a circle having a radius of 500 mm in a plane perpendicular to the direction in which the lenses of the lenticular display are arranged. And the angle θ at which the A image and the B image overlap when the eyes are moved along the circle was obtained. The smaller the angle θ, the better the display switching property, and the evaluation was made according to the following criteria.
A: 0 ° <θ ≦ 2.5 °
B: 2.5 ° <θ ≦ 5.0 °
C: 5.0 ° <θ ≦ 7.5 °
　各レンチキュラーシートの評価結果を表１に示す。表１中のレンチキュラーシートＣ１の評価における「透明樹脂基板とインク受容層との密着性」の評価「―」は、透明樹脂基板とインク受容層が一体であるため評価しなかったことを意味する。 Table 1 shows the evaluation results of each lenticular sheet. In the evaluation of the lenticular sheet C1 in Table 1, the evaluation “-” of “adhesion between the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer” means that the evaluation was not performed because the transparent resin substrate and the ink receiving layer were integrated. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
　表１から、本開示のレンチキュラーシートは、全ての評価において優れた性能を示すことが分かる。 From Table 1, it can be seen that the lenticular sheet of the present disclosure exhibits excellent performance in all evaluations.
（実施例９）
　実施例６で作製したレンチキュラーシート６と同様のレンチキュラーシート９（レンチキュラーレンズ層：２００ＬＰＩ、レンズピッチ１２７μｍ）を用い、レンチキュラーシートのインク受像層上に、英語、日本語、中国語の３言語で変化（チェンジング）するレンチキュラー画像をオフセット印刷してレンチキュラー名刺を作製した。なお、電話番号（国番号を除く）、Ｅ－ｍａｉｌアドレスは各国共通事項として同じ位置に表示されるように配置した。 Example 9
Using the same lenticular sheet 9 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 μm) as the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6, the ink image receiving layer of the lenticular sheet was changed in three languages: English, Japanese, and Chinese. A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing the lenticular image to be changed. The telephone number (excluding the country code) and the E-mail address are arranged so that they are displayed at the same position as common items in each country.
（実施例１０）
　実施例６で作製したレンチキュラーシート６と同様のレンチキュラーシート１０（レンチキュラーレンズ層：２００ＬＰＩ、レンズピッチ１２７μｍ）を用い、実施例９と同様に、レンチキュラーシートのインク受容層上に、英語、日本語、中国語の３言語で変化（チェンジング）するレンチキュラー画像をオフセット印刷してレンチキュラー名刺を作製した。なお、電話番号（国番号を除く）、Ｅ－ｍａｉｌアドレスは各国共通事項であるが、各言語での表示面において、それぞれ異なる位置で表示されるように配置した。 (Example 10)
Using the same lenticular sheet 10 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 μm) as the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6, on the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet, English, Japanese, A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing lenticular images that change (changing) in three Chinese languages. Phone numbers (excluding country codes) and e-mail addresses are common to each country, but they are arranged so that they are displayed at different positions on the display surface in each language.
　上記実施例９及び実施例１０でそれぞれ作製したレンチキュラー名刺を観察角度を変化させて言語の切り替えを行ったところ、実施例１０のレンチキュラー名刺に比べ、実施例９のレンチキュラー名刺では共通事項の残像感がなく、判別し易かった。 When the language was switched by changing the observation angle of the lenticular business card produced in Example 9 and Example 10 respectively, the lenticular business card of Example 9 had a common afterimage feeling compared to the lenticular business card of Example 10. It was easy to distinguish.
（実施例１１）
　６０ＬＰＩのレンチキュラーレンズ層を形成したこと以外はレンチキュラーシート１と同様に作製したレンチキュラーシート１１を用い、実施例９と同様に、レンチキュラーシートのインク受容層上に、英語、日本語、中国語の３言語で変化（チェンジング）するレンチキュラー画像をオフセット印刷してレンチキュラー名刺を作製した。
　実施例９のレンチキュラー名刺と実施例１１のレンチキュラー名刺をそれぞれ観察角度を変えて比較したところ、実施例１１のレンチキュラー名刺に比べ、実施例９のレンチキュラー名刺ではフォントサイズが８ｐｔ以下の文字でも明りょうに判読することができた。 (Example 11)
A lenticular sheet 11 produced in the same manner as the lenticular sheet 1 except that a 60 LPI lenticular lens layer was formed was used, and in the same manner as in Example 9, the English, Japanese, and Chinese 3 A lenticular business card was produced by offset printing of lenticular images that change in language.
When comparing the lenticular business card of Example 9 and the lenticular business card of Example 11 with different observation angles, the lenticular business card of Example 9 is clear even if the font size is 8 pt or less compared to the lenticular business card of Example 11. I was able to read it.
（実施例１２）
　実施例９で作製したレンチキュラー名刺の凸状レンズとは反対側（画像側）に、接着層付きの白色合成紙を貼付した。これにより、文字が透けなくなり、実施例９よりも更に文字が判別しやすくなった。 Example 12
White synthetic paper with an adhesive layer was attached to the opposite side (image side) of the convex lens of the lenticular business card produced in Example 9. As a result, the characters were not transparent, and the characters were easier to discriminate than in Example 9.
（実施例１３）
　実施例６で作製したレンチキュラーシート６と同様のレンチキュラーシート１３（レンチキュラーレンズ層：２００ＬＰＩ、レンズピッチ１２７μｍ）を２枚用い、一方のレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層には日本語、英語、中国語、他方のレンチキュラーシートのインク受容層には韓国語、ドイツ語、アラビア語でそれぞれ文字情報を印刷し、１枚の白色合成紙の各面にレンチキュラーシートを貼り合わせ、両面でそれぞれ互いに異なる３言語に切り替わるレンチキュラー名刺を作製した。これにより１枚の名刺で６ヶ国語の名刺に対応できるようになった。 (Example 13)
Two lenticular sheets 13 (lenticular lens layer: 200 LPI, lens pitch 127 μm) similar to the lenticular sheet 6 produced in Example 6 were used, and the ink receiving layer of one lenticular sheet was Japanese, English, Chinese, and the other. The ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet is printed with text information in Korean, German, and Arabic, and the lenticular sheet is bonded to each side of a sheet of white synthetic paper, and each side switches to three different languages. A lenticular business card was prepared. This makes it possible to handle business cards in six languages with a single business card.
（実施例１４）
　実施例９で作製したレンチキュラーシート９において、レンズピッチを２５４μｍ（１００ＬＰＩ）に変更したこと以外はレンチキュラーシート９と同様に作製したレンチキュラーシート１２を用い、レンチキュラーシートのインク受像層上に、ミマキエンジニアリング社製インクジェットプリンタ　ＵＪＦ－６０４２を用いて、英語、日本語、中国語の３言語で変化（チェンジング）するレンチキュラー画像を印画してレンチキュラー名刺を作製した。 (Example 14)
In the lenticular sheet 9 produced in Example 9, a lenticular sheet 12 produced in the same manner as the lenticular sheet 9 was used except that the lens pitch was changed to 254 μm (100 LPI). Using an inkjet printer UJF-6042, a lenticular business card was produced by printing lenticular images changing (changing) in three languages, English, Japanese and Chinese.
　実施例９、１４でそれぞれ作製したレンチキュラー名刺を見たところ、小さい文字の判別もし易かった。 When looking at the lenticular business cards produced in Examples 9 and 14, it was easy to distinguish small characters.
　２０１５年１月１５日に出願された日本特許出願２０１５－００６０６７号、２０１５年２月９日に出願された日本特許出願２０１５－０２３７０１号、及び２０１５年７月３日に出願された日本特許出願２０１５－１３４８１４号の開示はその全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
　本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許、特許出願、および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-006067 filed on January 15, 2015, Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-023701 filed on February 9, 2015, and Japanese Patent Application filed on July 3, 2015 The disclosure of 2015-134814 is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
All documents, patents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are specifically and individually described as individual documents, patents, patent applications, and technical standards are incorporated by reference. To the same extent, it is incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (22)

  1. 　少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板と、前記透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に設けられたインク受容層と、前記透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有し、
    　前記インク受容層は、一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により塗布層が形成された、未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板を延伸することにより、前記透明樹脂基板の一方の面側に形成されている、レンチキュラーシート。     A transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction; an ink receiving layer provided on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate; and a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate. And
    The ink-receiving layer is formed by stretching a transparent resin substrate that is unstretched or stretched in a first direction, on which a coating layer is formed by coating a coating liquid for forming an ink-receiving layer on one side. A lenticular sheet formed on one surface side of a resin substrate.
  2. 　前記インク受容層が、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂、並びに架橋剤を含有する請求項１に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to claim 1, wherein the ink receiving layer contains at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent.
  3. 　前記架橋剤が、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、及びイソシアネート化合物から選択される少なくとも一つの架橋剤である請求項２に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to claim 2, wherein the crosslinking agent is at least one crosslinking agent selected from an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, and an isocyanate compound.
  4. 　前記透明樹脂基板と前記レンチキュラーレンズ層との間に、更に、樹脂を含む中間層を有する請求項１～請求項３のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising an intermediate layer containing a resin between the transparent resin substrate and the lenticular lens layer.
  5. 　前記少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板が、二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムであり、
    　前記インク受容層は、インク受容層形成用塗布液の塗布により塗布層が形成された、第一の方向に延伸されたポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムを、前記第一の方向と直交する第二の方向に延伸することにより形成されている請求項１～請求項４のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラーシート。     The transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction is a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film,
    The ink receiving layer is formed by stretching a polyethylene terephthalate film stretched in a first direction, which is formed by applying an ink receiving layer forming coating solution, in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. The lenticular sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the lenticular sheet is formed by performing the steps described above.
  6. 　前記レンチキュラーレンズ層は、２５７μｍ以下の間隔で配置された複数のレンズを有する請求項１～請求項５のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the lenticular lens layer has a plurality of lenses arranged at intervals of 257 µm or less.
  7. 　前記レンチキュラーシートの厚みが、３０μｍ以上４００μｍ以下である請求項１～請求項６のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the lenticular sheet has a thickness of 30 袖 m to 400 袖 m.
  8. 　未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布して透明樹脂基板と塗布層との積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、
    　前記積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を設ける積層体延伸工程と、
    　少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、
    　を含むレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。     A laminate forming step of forming a laminate of the transparent resin substrate and the coating layer by applying a coating liquid for forming an ink receiving layer on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate unstretched or stretched in the first direction;
    A laminate stretching step of stretching the laminate and providing an ink receiving layer on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction;
    A lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction;
    Of manufacturing a lenticular sheet including
  9. 　未延伸又は第一の方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層形成用塗布液を塗布し、前記透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層形成用塗布液を塗布し、透明樹脂基板と透明樹脂基板の両面に塗布層を有する積層体を形成する積層体形成工程と、
    　前記積層体を延伸して、少なくとも一方向に延伸された前記透明樹脂基板の一方の面側にインク受容層を形成し、かつ少なくとも一方向に延伸された前記透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に中間層を形成する積層体延伸工程と、
    　積層体延伸工程で少なくとも一方向に延伸された透明樹脂基板のインク受容層を有する側とは反対側に形成された中間層の上に、レンチキュラーレンズ層を形成するレンチキュラーレンズ層形成工程と、
    　を含む請求項８に記載のレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。     An ink-receiving layer-forming coating solution is applied to one surface side of the unstretched or stretched transparent resin substrate in the first direction, and an intermediate-layer-forming coating solution is applied to the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate. A laminate forming step of forming a laminate having a coating layer on both sides of the transparent resin substrate and the transparent resin substrate;
    The laminate is stretched to form an ink receiving layer on one surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction, and on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction. A laminate stretching step for forming an intermediate layer;
    A lenticular lens layer forming step of forming a lenticular lens layer on the intermediate layer formed on the side opposite to the side having the ink receiving layer of the transparent resin substrate stretched in at least one direction in the laminate stretching step;
    The manufacturing method of the lenticular sheet | seat of Claim 8 containing this.
  10. 　前記積層体形成工程における前記透明樹脂基板は、第一の方向に延伸された一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムであり、前記積層体延伸工程における延伸方向は、前記一軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムにおける第一の方向と直交する第二の方向である請求項８又は請求項９に記載のレンチキュラーシートの製造方法。 The transparent resin substrate in the laminate formation step is a uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film stretched in a first direction, and the stretch direction in the laminate stretch step is the first direction in the uniaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film. The method for producing a lenticular sheet according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second direction is orthogonal.
  11. 　透明樹脂基板と、前記透明樹脂基板の一方の面に接して設けられた第１インク受容層と、前記第１インク受容層の前記透明樹脂基板側とは反対側に設けられた第２インク受容層と、前記透明樹脂基板の他方の面側に設けられたレンチキュラーレンズ層と、を有し、
    　前記第１インク受容層は、前記透明樹脂基板に対する密着性が、前記第２インク受容層の前記透明樹脂基板に対する密着性よりも高い層であり、前記第２インク受容層は、インクに対する密着性が、前記第１インク受容層の前記インクに対する密着性よりも高い層である、レンチキュラーシート。     A transparent resin substrate, a first ink receiving layer provided in contact with one surface of the transparent resin substrate, and a second ink receiving provided on the opposite side of the first ink receiving layer from the transparent resin substrate side And a lenticular lens layer provided on the other surface side of the transparent resin substrate,
    The first ink receiving layer is a layer having higher adhesion to the transparent resin substrate than the adhesion of the second ink receiving layer to the transparent resin substrate, and the second ink receiving layer is adhesive to ink. A lenticular sheet, which is a layer having higher adhesion of the first ink receiving layer to the ink.
  12. 　前記第１インク受容層及び前記第２インク受容層が、それぞれ独立して、ポリエステル、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂から選択される少なくとも一つの樹脂、並びに架橋剤を含有する請求項１１に記載のレンチキュラーシート。 The lenticular sheet according to claim 11, wherein each of the first ink receiving layer and the second ink receiving layer independently contains at least one resin selected from polyester, acrylic resin and urethane resin, and a crosslinking agent. .
  13. 　請求項１～請求項７のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラーシートの前記インク受容層の表面、又は、請求項１１若しくは請求項１２に記載のレンチキュラーシートの前記第２インク受容層の表面に、前記レンチキュラーレンズ層のレンズの配列方向に配列された２種以上の表示用視差画像を含む画像層が設けられているレンチキュラー表示体。 The surface of the ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 7, or the surface of the second ink receiving layer of the lenticular sheet according to claim 11 or 12, A lenticular display body provided with an image layer including two or more kinds of display parallax images arranged in a lens arrangement direction of the lenticular lens layer.
  14. 　前記画像層が、前記２種以上の表示用視差画像と、隣接する前記表示用視差画像の間に該隣接する表示用視差画像に共通する部分から形成された共通画像と、を含む請求項１３に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The image layer includes the two or more types of display parallax images and a common image formed between the adjacent display parallax images and a portion common to the adjacent display parallax images. The lenticular display described in 1.
  15. 　前記画像層を保護する保護層が設けられている請求項１３又は請求項１４に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular display body according to claim 13 or 14, wherein a protective layer for protecting the image layer is provided.
  16. 　前記画像層に含まれる前記２種以上の表示用視差画像が、複数の言語でそれぞれ独立して表示させるための文字情報を含み、
    　前記レンチキュラーレンズ層を介して前記画像層を観察したときに、観察角度によって前記文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる請求項１３～請求項１５のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。     The two or more types of display parallax images included in the image layer include character information for displaying independently in a plurality of languages,
    The lenticular display body according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein when the image layer is observed through the lenticular lens layer, a language for displaying the character information is switched depending on an observation angle.
  17. 　名刺である請求項１６に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular display body according to claim 16, which is a business card.
  18. 　前記文字情報が、観察角度によって３つ以上の言語に切り替わる請求項１６又は請求項１７に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular display body according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the character information is switched to three or more languages depending on an observation angle.
  19. 　前記画像層は、前記複数の言語のうち少なくとも２つの言語間で共通する共通事項を含み、観察角度を変化させたときに、前記共通事項は、前記共通事項を含む少なくとも２つの言語間で同じ位置に表示される請求項１６～請求項１８のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The image layer includes common matters common to at least two languages of the plurality of languages, and the common matters are the same between at least two languages including the common matters when the observation angle is changed. The lenticular display according to any one of claims 16 to 18, which is displayed at a position.
  20. 　前記レンチキュラーレンズ層及び前記画像層を両面に有し、両面において、それぞれ観察角度によって前記文字情報を表示する言語が切り替わる請求項１６～請求項１９のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular display body according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the lenticular lens layer and the image layer are provided on both sides, and a language for displaying the character information is switched depending on an observation angle on both sides.
  21. 　前記画像層が設けられている面に紙を貼り合わせた請求項１３～請求項２０のいずれか一項に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular display according to any one of claims 13 to 20, wherein paper is bonded to a surface on which the image layer is provided.
  22. 　前記レンチキュラーレンズ層及び前記画像層を両面に有し、観察角度によって、一方の面の前記画像層が第１言語～第３言語の３つの言語に切り替わる文字情報を含み、他方の面の画像層が前記第１言語～第３言語とはそれぞれ異なる第４言語～第６言語の３つの言語に切り替わる文字情報を含む請求項２０又は請求項２１に記載のレンチキュラー表示体。 The lenticular lens layer and the image layer are provided on both sides, and the image layer on one side includes character information that is switched between three languages of a first language to a third language according to an observation angle, and the image layer on the other side The lenticular display body according to claim 20 or 21, further comprising character information for switching to three languages of a fourth language to a sixth language different from the first language to the third language.
PCT/JP2016/051047 2015-01-15 2016-01-14 Lenticular sheet and method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display element WO2016114367A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680005753.9A CN107209289B (en) 2015-01-15 2016-01-14 Lenticular lenses and its manufacturing method and grating display body
EP16737438.8A EP3246733A4 (en) 2015-01-15 2016-01-14 Lenticular sheet and method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display element
JP2016569515A JP6461201B2 (en) 2015-01-15 2016-01-14 Lenticular sheet, manufacturing method thereof, and lenticular display
US15/649,643 US10408977B2 (en) 2015-01-15 2017-07-14 Lenticular sheet, method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display body

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-006067 2015-01-15
JP2015006067 2015-01-15
JP2015023701 2015-02-09
JP2015-023701 2015-02-09
JP2015-134814 2015-07-03
JP2015134814 2015-07-03

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/649,643 Continuation US10408977B2 (en) 2015-01-15 2017-07-14 Lenticular sheet, method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display body

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016114367A1 true WO2016114367A1 (en) 2016-07-21

Family

ID=56405907

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/051047 WO2016114367A1 (en) 2015-01-15 2016-01-14 Lenticular sheet and method for manufacturing same, and lenticular display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US10408977B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3246733A4 (en)
JP (1) JP6461201B2 (en)
CN (1) CN107209289B (en)
WO (1) WO2016114367A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018021445A1 (en) * 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Multilayer sheet, lenticular sheet, curable composition for optical members, optical member, method for producing optical molded body, molded body, and method for producing cured product
WO2018070228A1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2018-04-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet
WO2019167677A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet and lenticular printed article
WO2019171936A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet, and lenticular printout

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016174917A1 (en) * 2015-04-30 2016-11-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Decorative sheet
JP2019008865A (en) * 2015-11-16 2019-01-17 Ａｇｃ株式会社 Lenticular structure
CN110271341A (en) * 2019-06-27 2019-09-24 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Housing unit and preparation method thereof, electronic equipment

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003262929A (en) * 2003-02-07 2003-09-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Stereoscopic or variable printed matter
JP2004106283A (en) * 2002-09-17 2004-04-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Thermal transfer image receiving sheet
JP2007152589A (en) * 2005-11-30 2007-06-21 Toyobo Co Ltd Laminated thermoplastic resin film and film roll
JP2007334091A (en) * 2006-06-16 2007-12-27 Seiko Epson Corp Printing medium
JP2008112039A (en) * 2006-10-31 2008-05-15 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Printed matter with lens
JP3143782U (en) * 2008-05-02 2008-08-07 協業組合ユニカラー Printing sheet with lenticular
JP2011148285A (en) * 2009-12-25 2011-08-04 Fujifilm Corp Method of forming image using heat-sensitive transfer image-receiving sheet having lenticular lens
JP2013509312A (en) * 2009-10-30 2013-03-14 ドゥ ラ リュ インターナショナル リミティド Security device

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4561659B2 (en) * 2006-03-07 2010-10-13 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Print media
US3264164A (en) * 1962-04-30 1966-08-02 Toscony Inc Color dynamic, three-dimensional flexible film and method of making it
US20070111171A1 (en) * 2005-10-27 2007-05-17 Mary Kane Lenticular teaching and greeting card apparatus
CN101734031B (en) 2006-04-24 2013-06-12 精工爱普生株式会社 Printing medium
JP4743253B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2011-08-10 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Print media
KR101404875B1 (en) * 2009-12-04 2014-06-09 도요보 가부시키가이샤 Highly adhesive thermoplastic resin film
JP2011148266A (en) 2010-01-25 2011-08-04 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing printing sheet
JP5382037B2 (en) * 2011-03-17 2014-01-08 ブラザー工業株式会社 Lenticular sheet and method for producing lenticular sheet
WO2013035161A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-14 株式会社日立製作所 Sensor terminal
JP6089842B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2017-03-08 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Lenticular media with images

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004106283A (en) * 2002-09-17 2004-04-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Thermal transfer image receiving sheet
JP2003262929A (en) * 2003-02-07 2003-09-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Stereoscopic or variable printed matter
JP2007152589A (en) * 2005-11-30 2007-06-21 Toyobo Co Ltd Laminated thermoplastic resin film and film roll
JP2007334091A (en) * 2006-06-16 2007-12-27 Seiko Epson Corp Printing medium
JP2008112039A (en) * 2006-10-31 2008-05-15 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Printed matter with lens
JP3143782U (en) * 2008-05-02 2008-08-07 協業組合ユニカラー Printing sheet with lenticular
JP2013509312A (en) * 2009-10-30 2013-03-14 ドゥ ラ リュ インターナショナル リミティド Security device
JP2011148285A (en) * 2009-12-25 2011-08-04 Fujifilm Corp Method of forming image using heat-sensitive transfer image-receiving sheet having lenticular lens

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3246733A4 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018021445A1 (en) * 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Multilayer sheet, lenticular sheet, curable composition for optical members, optical member, method for producing optical molded body, molded body, and method for producing cured product
JPWO2018021445A1 (en) * 2016-07-27 2019-02-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated sheet, lenticular sheet, curable composition for optical member, optical member, method for producing optical molded body, molded body, and method for producing cured product
WO2018070228A1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2018-04-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet
WO2019167677A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet and lenticular printed article
WO2019171936A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Lenticular sheet, and lenticular printout

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6461201B2 (en) 2019-01-30
US10408977B2 (en) 2019-09-10
EP3246733A4 (en) 2018-04-04
US20170315272A1 (en) 2017-11-02
CN107209289B (en) 2019-05-21
EP3246733A1 (en) 2017-11-22
JPWO2016114367A1 (en) 2017-07-06
CN107209289A (en) 2017-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6461201B2 (en) Lenticular sheet, manufacturing method thereof, and lenticular display
JP6530509B2 (en) Method for producing transparent resin base print
EP2084014B1 (en) Laminated identification document
WO2015040931A1 (en) Transparent multilayer film containing poly(meth)acrylimide-based resin layer, and method for producing said transparent multilayer film
JP3900191B2 (en) Laminated thermoplastic resin film and laminated thermoplastic resin film roll
JP4150982B2 (en) Laminated film and adhesive modified substrate film for obtaining the same
KR20100091118A (en) A extruded laminated resin sheet for a touch panel and a surface-coated sheet for a touch panel
JP2009269302A (en) Easily adhesive and biaxially oriented polyester film
JP2009269301A (en) Easily adhesive polyester film
JP6836896B2 (en) Transparent resin laminate
EP0897947B1 (en) Fine cell-containing polyester film
CN102236121B (en) Lamination plate for protecting liquid crystal display
JP3925736B2 (en) Thermally adhesive white polyester film for IC card or IC tag, IC card or IC tag manufacturing method using the same, and IC card or IC tag
JP2008006708A (en) Hard coat layer transfer foil
JP6747632B1 (en) Multilayer film for laser printing, laminate for electronic passport, laminate for plastic card, film for plastic card, plastic card, data sheet for electronic passport, and electronic passport
JPWO2016080256A1 (en) Cavity-containing laminated polyester film
US20180319187A1 (en) Film media kit
JP6880621B2 (en) Thermoplastic resin film
JP2008100383A (en) Laminated sheet, embossed design sheet and embossed design sheet-coated metal plate
US20240092070A1 (en) Molding film and molded body in which same is used
JP2008023857A (en) Base material film for rewritable recording medium and rewritable recording medium employing the same
JP6679855B2 (en) Half mirror film for display
JP2017052273A (en) Laminated film
WO2022091645A1 (en) Highly adhesive polyester film
WO2019167677A1 (en) Lenticular sheet and lenticular printed article

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16737438

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016569515

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2016737438

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE